Theory and Problems For Pre-Calculus 12 - Mickelson, R - J - 2009 - Surrey, BC - Crescent Beach Pub - 9780986487569 - Anna's Archive
Theory and Problems For Pre-Calculus 12 - Mickelson, R - J - 2009 - Surrey, BC - Crescent Beach Pub - 9780986487569 - Anna's Archive
}
'
’ l
P 4 :
hb ;
j ae,
ey
Ae 7 ne
ae a
7
t
- he i
ie
iT Hi
-
! AD 7
a we
(a4) oa
ay abe il
; iim x
‘ee 2 ¥
a - : ie
THEORY AND PROBLEMS
FOR
PRE-CALCULUS 12
R. J. Mickelson
Author: R. J. Mickelson
ISBN 978-0-9864875-6-9
Copyright Registration Number 1072409
Other Publications:
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing, November 12, 2009. All rights reserved. No part of this book
may be reproduced in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
without the written permission of the copyright owner.
Chapter 1 - Transformations
Chapter 2 - Polynomials
Sel 2 Radicals see ee eee eee eee ane eet ee eee factectecers exerscceensetstece vase 113
3:2. ‘Graphing and Solving Radical Eeaut oris me etree te terete eekca cosh ac cescece secnoskévoxecsosteesevesane 122
3.3: . Rational Functionssvcccve-cuemen sce eee oe eee eee eee ee ee Re cede canons 129
3.4- Graphing Ratiomal Rue icteg gee errr ete teen ec ee cc ss aoces sok save rencicevaesebesvednenses roo
3.5; ‘Chapter Reviews cvt-ccs oe ee eee er eee See ENE Ri ccd noch ds cscciedatcswersbncadene 146
Chapter 4 - Logarithms
Srl EX POMENIS.c~0--. cnt enses cere Soy eeenete tee See ene eee te ee SER NO ace h Sent ese eaceseees venstateeve 155
490° Logarithmic Functions and. ei raps eenem ere oe ee es nite Lt O I) a Losi tieebens 163
ASig" Properties of Logarithinis es yar mere ee te ee es on cross te oeleccasesev esses owaccensconedecastenss 171
44 Exponential and Logarttiantect: ara rnts veer ert eco. 2c. sacas sc osscsevsesacsnteasencieeaccscsasenceeses 180
45° ©Applications of Exponentialtand Logarithmic Equations ees... ctntcrek sc. ccssessckasssuetestecescecttvteosesees 188
AG’: \CitapterROVICW.:..c- soiree reece eee ete teens ti BCR OER BTN soy Sottn nbvcuiesaiasdcGedvosetees lounesdneens 194
Chapter 5 - Trigonometry, Part I
oa s 209
Angles and Their Measure .............s:ssscscsssesessecesesesesenseesesssssssesnenenenenenenenesesscnscescenesssessesoneseenenesesees
ay Trigonometric Functions of Acute Angles ..........cccceeeeeee sestesesesrsesssssene neeseneneenereenereen etsenereeneeeeseegs 216
ais) Trigonometric Functions - General and Special Angles ..........:sscssssss eseseteneeseseeerese neneeseneneeesens 225
5.4 Graphing Basic Trigonometric FUNCTIONS ...........:::cscsceceseeeseeeseseseretetsesesesetessessenenseneesenseseneeseneeseneegs 25>
Be) Applications of Periodic FUNCtiONS..............:cccccsssesesssseseecessenetecserereeessessseessssseesaessessessseneensensseneeeees 245
5.6 CHAPtCLROVICW i csacecssessoues: pueccan<iuocioiss-csoisuvonvnsssonse Svea ansasisaaa seeee itienadnn
cuosenavecyg eee neater 250
6.1 Tirmconometnc Identities atid! EQuatiOMs «.i ...c.sar.1..0s2-cenisssesenesenes otceeesctonesesescece Mtpatemetneee eee eaemnatiy 259,
6.2 VERILY IIMS LEIS ONOMIEMICLGONLIUIOS «2. 0 s.c0ssdusoessasesassecsoosseadese sosscavecesssdenssesOiaetde oetee meee ena eee 268
6.3 PDR ORIGIN CTITO EU ULOUNS 3.2027 shez 2h gs adc inaselveaendconcevessvessverwsvacs-cuesescense¥onecsseeceee
ete oeeten mene eee een 2D
6.4 SPU TEC LCIICE LCOMLIMLES 36 kes pel pschess ens oeuciasceeecsudevavonee sdeecuscasber dened ea: en ce 287
6.5 iDYayto)Veanut(23)VMIFa Sia819 (Cie Sm ie eee PR EE hs ctinaon 296
6.6 aI CVICWim rere ener ces eons seein, cok cabeonersivavesasabboceokagsievinsbusjareene dese ee 305
Chapter 7 - Combinatorics
Index
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.1 — Functions and Relations (Review) # 5
In Mathematics, determining the relationship between two variables is a very important concept. This chapter
will show how to visualize relations and functions by means of a graph. Graphs will become central to each
aspect of this chapter, for both theoretical understanding and problem solving.
Relations
A relation is a set of ordered pairs, in other words, just a number of points in a coordinate plane.
a) 4 , b) ee
|
1 @
1
Reaeamera ira os
=) -1
een0 1 2
-2 -] 0 1 9)
on af of vatag
2 2
AY
© 2) d) 2° °
1 O 14
a T rips oe CX
i T aa a! T ia Gi
a hale a 1 5) 2 -1 | 1 2
eae ° |
2 =2
Presented above are examples of relations. The set of x-values of all the points is called the domain of
the relation, and the set of y-values is called the range. In example a) above, the domain is —1, 1, 2, and
the range is —1, 0, 2.
If you are allowed to use any set of numbers you want for the domain or range, then “all real numbers” is the
answer. (See Example | below.)
Ga
The domain is x 20
The range is “all real numbers.”
a
a a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
6 # Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
the set
The domain and range become harder to identify when there is no graph. Remember, the domain is
of x numbers, and the range is the set of y numbers used in the equation. There are two main concerns when
working with domain and range in any equation:
y=2—-V3-x
In this example, the domain is x < 3 because an even root must be 2 0, so 3-x20 > x83.
The range is y <2 because it is 2 minus the positive value of ¥3—x.
Functions
The next concern is to find out what kind of relations are functions. The following is a definition of a function.
Definition of a Function
For every value of the domain (x-value), there is one and only one value for the range
(y-value), or, each element in the domain corresponds to exactly one element in the range.
What does this mean? It says any x-value can only have one y-value.
a) (1, 3), (2, 4), (3, -1) is a function because each x-value 1, 2, 3 has only one value for y.
ce) (1,3), (1, 2), (4, 5) is not a function because x =1 gives y=2 and y=3,
i.e., two values. Ify is to an even power, then it can’t be a function,
e.g., x+y? =9—> y=+V9-x’ (two values ofy for each x-value).
One-to-One Functions
If any x-value (input) matches with exactly one y-value (output), then the function is one-to-one.
A function in which every one value of the domain (x-value), is associated with one value
of the range (y-value), and vice versa.
This means that if f is a one-to-one function, then for each x in the domain of f, there is
one and only one y in the range, and no y in the range is the image of more than one x in
the domain.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission
from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.1 — Functions and Relations (Review) ¢ 7
relation
function
one-to-one
function
* just a relation
* a function
* a one-to-one function
An equation defines y as a function of x if and only if every vertical line in the coordinate
plane intersects the graph of the equation only once.
a
amen
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
8 ¢ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
~ Solution: a) A vertical line intersects the graph once, a horizontal line intersects the graph once,
therefore, graph is a one-to-one function.
b) A vertical line intersects the graph once, a horizontal line intersects the graph more
than once, therefore, graph is just a function.
c) A vertical line intersects the graph more than once, so this is not a function.
b) c)
Range: —3<
y <3
c) Domain: —3Sxs3
Range: -3<y<l
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus
hte 12 Section
ee
e a g I A 1.1 —FeFunctions
tl ele Deand
DARelations
ne lh (Review)
Ga al J ¢llaeele
9
' l/ XI ay
a) (pees eee b) | ———_—_>a c) ror d)
ee at
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
10 @ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
3. For each graph, determine the domain, range, and if the graph is a function (yes/no).
a)
Ne (N~<UN
eS N N
c)
9 S
rs “A
i
a: p's
tS
ry
NU
e)
jo)'TiB?
,i
F IN
ae 8 \
= N ,
'
aE
g)
\S) \ N Nn
al
zs
i)
\
ne,
ies
|
Te
(1
> —
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.2 — Arthitmetic Combinations of Functions ¢ 11
Any real number can be combined by the operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division
to form another real number. This concept can be used with functions in the same way. For example, the
functions given by f(x)=3x+2 and g(x)=x° —4 can be combined to form the sum, difference, product,
and quotient of fand g.
F(xyP ey =x eZ) e (x?-4) sum
=x°+3x-2
S(®)-— 2(%) = Gx +2)- (x?-4) difference
=—-x° +3x+6
Paar xe 42 Wuotient
The domain (x-values) of this combination of functions fand g is the set of real numbers that are common to the
domain of fand g. Therefore, we can state the following:
Let f and g betwo functions. Then the sum f+, the difference f—g,
the product fg , and the quotient - are functions defined by the following equations:
Compute each expression, given that the functions f, g, h, and k are defined as follows:
a) (f +g)x)
b) (h—k)(x)
©) Cae
d) (fk)1)—(hg\2)
e) [h- (f+ g)](x)
ar rr a eee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
12 @ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
b) (h—k)(x) =A(x)—-k(x)=x° -2
H Vee
h A(5) 3
Dek 16)=— =
Ho ZO)e
e) (Fgh) = fg(MA() =(-DGB)\(-1 =3
d) Graph: (f —h)(x)
= f(x)— h(x) e) Graph: (f NOOO)
x SOauG) % f(x)g (x)
25 DACA=6 ai 1-5=5
0 O2E Va 2 0 0-4=0
1 Se (=0 l ~1-3=-3
2 eee 2 meat aio:
4 0-2=-2 3 Tabet
6 2-4=-2 ms
5
Yee
(===
6 2:-2=-4
or for x <2 or forx
<2
fOr forx>2
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the
publisher
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.2 — Arthitmetic Combinations of Functions ¢. 13
a) (g+j)(2) b) (f-k\-2)
(Fe EI
Oe be Da ae:
g) [A}-2 h) (k-i)(7)
k-i)(7
2. Use the same functions f£ g, h, i,7, and k to find the function and its domain:
5 He d) [Ao
e) (gk\(x) f) [E}on
a er mr
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
14 @ Chapter 1 — Transformations
s:
on of f, g, h, k and / are defined as follow
3. Find each expression, given that the functi
> (Ae
k(x)=3, i= eats
» fhe!
g(x)= eee 69) x,
f(x)=2x +1,
fal edt
f
ton”
3 Nebo
et eaCEN, Ge ae
(
/
(Uk x) —(Un(x)
h) (g-—g)(x)
g) (gt+g)(x)
D (g+g)-2)-Cg)-2)
i) (kg)(*)
4. Find (ft 9), (f-90) (BIG) GG) [L)e. and [Eee if:
b) f@)= 29 ae g(x)=x+1
a) f(x)=x-4, axy=x tz
hoses x
A i = Vx9 2(x)= Bh
\ VE
Pa
H
ji
|
H
j
ee
Hi
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
16 # Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 = Section 1.3 — Composite Functions @ 17
Composite Functions
We can combine functions by another method, the composition function. This method is based on the algebraic
process of substitution. For example, if f and g are two functions defined by:
fax g(x)=2x-1
Choose any number in the domain of g, say x = 3. We can compute g(3):
g(3)=2(3)-1=5
Now, let’s use the output 5 that g has produced as an input for f. We obtain:
Fr 25
Therefore,
F(g(3)) = 25
Summarizing,
2. Use g(x) as an input for f, and calculate f(x), that is, calculate f(g(x)).
We use the notation fog to denote the function, read f circle g or f composed with g. The domain of fog
consists of those x’s in the domain of g whose range values are in the domain of / (i.e., those x’s for which
g(x) is in the domain of /).
input x
evaluate J é compose
gatx input g(x) into f(x) fwith g
ie., (f° g)(x) has the domain restriction of g(x) as well as the domain restriction of the final composite
function (f° g)(x).
I a a ea sg ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
18 @ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
=1-(4x7+12x+9) expand
g(x) and (f° g)(x) do not have any domain restriction so the domain is all real numbers.
b) (g° P(x)=g(f())
= g(1-x’) substitute f(x)
Be OX eS expand
=—2x7 +5 simplify
f(x) and (go f)(x) do not have any domain restrictions so the domain is all real numbers.
If f(x)=x?-1 and g(x)=x, find (fog\(x), the domain of fog and sketch
the graph.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.3 — Composite Functions ¢ 19
x 1
If f(x)= Toit ie
d = ——.,
eee
find
iy alt
— xt ieee ee: ee
1 -. l1-x-l -x x
x+1 x+1
If f={(, d), (3, e)} andg= {(a, 1), (6, 3), (c, 5)}, find (f° g)(x).
P Solution: (fegiay=f(gla))= fM=d
(fog\b)=f@@)= {G)=e
(feg\(c)= f(g(c)) = f(5), but 5 is not in the domain f(x)
so (f © g)(c) cannot be found.
ee ee | eee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
20 Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
a) (fog)
b) (g°g)(5)
Note: This combining function is a technique that will be extremely useful when studying
calculus.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.3 — Composite
a
a al e ee Functions ¢ 21
ORS Veet
When decomposing a composite function, we ask ourselves what function (of the composition) is on the
inside — the input value — and what function is on the outside — the output value.
> Solution: We see that x — 2 is inside the radical, thus g(x) =x-—2, and the radical is outside,
so f(x)=Vx.
check (f° g)(x) = f(g(x)) = f(x - 2)
=vVvx-2
= h(x)
» Solution: Since the formula for h(x) says to first add 5 and then take the cube root, we get
=Vx4+5
= h(x)
3
Given h(x)= (ve+ i —2, find two functions fand g so that (fog)(x)=h(x).
Note: The solution to decomposing a composite function is not unique; other answers
are possible, too.
a ee ee es
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
22 Chapter 1 — Transformations
Dee)
42. - xGC f
ec) f(xyavx42
XE
e) f(x)=
g) f(x)=Ni-¥
+Z2Ks|
| =i
Puen 2x? 3x41, 2(2)2x21>’ hQ)=5, i@=S
4 2 | 6
7 oe
a, Ske Wes
« G u a ae
zeT ca
a e
) 4)2x env Gan bas,
ee{c Me A 2
Hat ad) j(e(0))> : |
2 aa _)
Ae
i
i
ei ; ft(|) -—>
eet oefe
AS
-0
fi}lA,
Do were Pe) P
a. OKYtP y fC
i) (joheog\-3)
2 ‘ = —
/ 5
fax yes
k) (fehe fi) ay A
40):“243 2x JP
Copyright © 2009 by Cre
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.3 — Composite Functions ¢ 23
apes 3 7 Pa el. 4 6
Bom ge eyo ee ae
a) (0) eeeg(1)
é x b: ap oe
ae xX i, 3 : |
i! Say a ee
fe)At9 2Ot3) FW
aa x+3 d)
na
=X inte -h x | Eo V4 ( t2Y +x ) Sagae
= X44 4x besa (2 are)
e) f(x)=Vvx-2 and g(x)> onda (x) bis
2543 & Wy A
t(K)=Gana A:
g)
OC K)=
min i Ye
[ORE andae
FyEx,
=
Lua
24 Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
5. Find two functions f(x) and g(x) such thatcami =(f°g)(x). Answers may vary.
oefet 5 =
{iX) Fn5) a
c) Be) Se 4x) =
# x d) es ‘
e) h(x)=vx’ “e
Cops fr+ ey oe Galea+
g) h(x) =3(2x—3)' *(2¥+4) of | joa ll) » Toy +2(2x +4)
tix) = Zx1- x! x) 22
\
6. Sketch the graph of (f° g)(x) for the following. State the
Apis
+9ex)) =k)”
as X + |
nag12
+(Jo) ~ (Gay 42
EY are “2. ~
¢) Gove! eee is \
a
= |i ay
wee
TQ)
gerne X
d) f(x)= Pat
Min) 4)2
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 - Section 1.3 — Composite Functions ¢ 25
7. The first figure shows the graph of two,functions, f and g. The second figure shows the graph of two
functions, h and k. Use the gyaphs teéompute the following:
as (fe fi-A)=
b) (fog)3)4 LF
e) (fo f\-2)= |
d) (go00=— 9
|) esiysing _
f) ey 3
ry = h(x)
i) h(k(-3)= -0 “
kK) k(n(0))= ()
I) k(A(2))= -_
“m) =k(h(-4))=
n) k(h(-2)) 3
a) GW) (4 Ale
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
2 LAH. Ree ae
=Transformatio: teed \ > = —— “I Pre- sieme Z
| ¥ NG D
AG
10. ae f ot inet ae a m 4 Wieean
rhoms aN4 ¥eee
+S sald|
a ay
-
|, a) e ( )) \
Nu fh ey
a) Write the radius of the circle as a function
- Y(1 -¥X
WK — —VV/ f
¥ GQ) = 3X
b) Write the area 4 of the circle as a functvon
of the radius.
SS )i
ost a (ft 2 |
c) Find (Acr)(x).
:ce ip Oe
the function.
B Pi
LAL in hi
Si wey, a | Al = —Lk li
Crescent Beach Publishing. a
© 2009 byt
Copyrigh 0 partofthis publicati¥ ba a odie futhott written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.4 — Transformations of Graphs ¢ 27
Transformations of Graphs _
Knowing the graph of a basic function, and how to create different functions from these basic functions, is
called transformations. Types of transformations we will look at are:
2. Constants a and d, which are “outside” the original function, affect the y-value of the function.
Constants b and c, which are “inside” the original function, affect the x-value of the function.
The section will introduce each transformation separately. A later section will deal with combining multiple
types of transformations.
Translations
A translation is when a graph is shifted in the x or y direction without the shape of the graph changing.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
28 @ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
Example F
Quadratic Graphs
y
Matex
y= f(x)
Square Root Graphs
yy
y= f(x) Vai)tl
Absolute Value Graphs
Y Dy
y=|x| y=|x|+1
y= f(x) Y= f(x)tl
Cubic Graphs
eee, y=xtl
y= f(x) Daa
eae
Reciprocal Graphs
e y
2 34
1 2
T T T ee — i) ce BO ere
eh | Lor aso
e ex LL wae
2 1
|
am Viera
x x
y= f(x) vas xyrl
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
b) Horizontal Translations
yax y=(x-l)
y=f(x) v= f(x-1)
The following list summarizes vertical and horizontal translations:
lita OF
Write the equation of a function which transforms f(x) = Vx by moving 4 units right and
3 units down.
g(x)=vx-4-3
» Solution: 3 units left and 2 units down produces point (—1, 0).
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
30 @ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
Reflection
The second type of transformation is a reflection. The reflections we will discuss are either over the x-axis or
over the y-axis.
ae
y=f(x)
Summarizing reflections:
Reflections in the coordinate axes of the graph of y= f(x) with point (m, n) are as follows:
a) in the x-axis
b) in the y-axis
Solution: The negative is outside the original function so it affects the y-values which is a reflection
on the x-axis.
a) y=—f(x)
Dey Cy)
Cay (ss)
P Solution: a) (3, -2)
b) (3, 2)
c) (3, -2)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.4 — Transformations of Graphs ¢ 31
Horizontal and vertical shifts or reflections leave the shape of the graph unchanged. Compression and
expansions of the original graph causes a distortion — a change in the shape of the original graph.
Note: In y =a- f(x), you are multiplying the original y-value, f(x), by a, therefore, when a> 1, the y-value
becomes larger, or expands. When 0 <a <1, the y-value gets smaller, or compresses.
-1) y=t(x’-1)
y=3(x?
y=x-l
Note: In y =f (ax), you are multiplying the original x-value by a. So when a > 1, the x-value becomes smaller,
or compresses. When) <a <1, the x-value get larger, or expands. This note and the one on a) above
read exactly the same but have opposite outcomes.
| ee ee a Eee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
32 @ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
y y ee
Xx Xx
If a>1,b>1
y=af(x) isa vertical expansion by a factor of a
1
y= f(bx) is a horizontal compression by a factor of b
ifO0<a<1,0<b<1
; : 1
b) vertical compression by a factor of 5
, a s : , l
» Solution: This is a horizontal compression by Z so 3 - and a vertical expansion by 2,so 1— 2.
Point 2.2
4
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.4 — Transformations of Graphs # 33
When the shape of the graph changes then we know that an expansion or compression has occurred. Sometimes it
is hard to know what transformation has produced the new graph. For instance, graph y=x* changed to y=4x7-
a) y=4x Transforming y=x witha
vertical expansion by a factor
of 4.
horizontal compression by 2
factor of
|
b
These two transformations were calculated in different ways to reach the final same solution.
y= $02) y= f| 1x)
Horizontal compression ta"
by a factor of 4 Horizontal expansion
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
34 ¢ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
1. Write an equation for the function that is described by the given characteristics.
a) The shape f(x)=x~, moved 4 units to The shape f(x)= x’, moved 2 units to
the left and 5 units downward. the right, reflected in the x-axis, and moved
(C4)Cat )*=J
: 2 . 3 units upward.
iG he =-[X
g) The shape of f(x)= Vx moved Muni ape of f(x)= Vx moved 4 units
to the right and reflected in the A-axIS.
i
pward and reflected in the y-axis.
a) y=f(xt2)
Ore
*ifienbg
|) Gr uke. a.
e) y=f(-x) KE >
GA) (4,
2)
6,1) (5
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No partofthis publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publist er.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.4
sates
T ae Rel em
EE ad —TyTransformations
iehE alle heh of Graphs
inca ¢ 35
adie Ne dee
3. Use the graph of f (x) =x to write an equation for each function whose graph is shown.
Each transformation includes or expansions/compressions. Pe
——— a
{ea
a) |
AP) Cy fe a
(2, 4)
a
2
ie x He) |
a)
the graph of f(x)=x°? to write 4n equation for eath/function whose
M
b) fk = -\3
ot show o
+@J=
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
36 @ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
9. Given the graph of y = f(x) below, sketch the graphs of the following:
y
a) y=-f(x) b) y= f(-x)
e) y=f(x)-2
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publishey.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.4 — Transformations of Graphs ¢ 37
Feet b) y=-f(x)
E44 y, a a
é d
/
~!
; ) ifrI Rt Wy
11. Given the ee Hy |
| A oles
eas edlips lv
| Bh ) 6/28 yp
a) y=2f(x) \ b) y= f(2x) 54 S ayy
Bae
4 3)
12. Given the graph of y= f(x) below, what equations do the following graphs, a to h, represent?
VatQ)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.5 — Inverse Functions ¢ 39
Inverse Functions
Two functions fand g that are related such that each “undoes” what the other “does” are said to be inverse
functions of one another.
Check solution:
; Bos
2,
=x+1-1
=X
=y
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
40 @ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
Domain of f Range of f
ig
a aeigal
Range of i yee Domain of faa
gexeny=1
x =y-l
Vex +1
Therefore, g'(x)=x° +1
The domain and range of g(x)=vVx-—1 has domain: x21 , range: y20
The domain and range of g '(x)=x*’ +1 must be domain: x 20 , range: y>1
Therefore, g'(x)=x°+1,x 20
-1 2 : . a n
Note: g (x)=x° +1 is not a one-to-one function, so cannot have an inverse function.
However, with the restriction, x 2 0, it is a one-to-one function, and its inverse is a
function g(x)=vx-1.
Check solution:
g(g'(x))
=g(x" +1) g"(g(x))=g(Vx-1)
=x 41-1 =(Jee el
EO =x-1+1
=|x| butx 20 =x
therefore = x
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.5 — Inverse Functions ¢ 41
Determine A” of h(x)=——
2h= 3
& Solution: AG ee Check solution: h(h')=x and h''(h)=x
2x—3
3x ay
h:y=— eo) [35 | Ae) [5]
h h' =) h h = fy! a
2x -3
ax ai
20 aany. 3
i ape re es rel ee (s35]
3X a OR ee
—3)=
:‘xQy-—3)=y 2| —3 x
af25 |-1
:2xy—3x=y 35 i
ae
Therefore, eee ee : Sp
2x-1 Z
Determine the inverse of h(x)= x’ +2
P Solution: h(x)=x? +2 Since h(x) is not a one-to-one function, we expect to get an inverse
h Des that is not a function.
yay
Winey +2
py
:yp=tvx-2
y=+vx-2 is nota function. This happened because A(x) is not a one-to-one function. If
h(x) has a domain restriction of x >0, then h(x) has an inverse of h'(x)=Vx-2. If h(x)
has a domain restriction of x <0, then h(x) has an inverse of h"'(x)=—-Vx-2 .
Check solution:
= |x| =e lbs
=x since x 20 =x since
x <0
Definition: The graphs of f and f' are symmetric about the line y =x.
f(x) is the reflection of f"'(x) on the line y= x, and vice versa.
Why are f and f' mirror images of one another about the line y =x ? One must
remember that the function {' switches the input and output of f Thus, a point (a, 5)
on the graph of f must have the point (b, a) on the graph of f'. Therefore, the graphs
of f and f”' must be reflections of each other about the liney = x.
rage x SOF ey 20
ae ee0, ys
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.5 — Inverse Functions ¢ 43
f(xy =24-3
a) Determine f7'(x)
b) Show f(f'(x))=f (f(x)=x
c) Graph fand f7!
& Solution: a) 1G) =2xN— 9 x+3 )(2
af) = ‘| Z 2
J-3ex43-302
fi y=2x-3
Cx—3)43. 2x
ee x=2y=3 ff)
= fF"(2x-3)= SSS
SS S557
2 Z
s2y=x+3
eee:
Therefore, f(x) = oS
c)
If y= f(x) has an inverse y= f '(x), then the following are transformations of the inverse function. When
transforming individual points, order is critical: swap the x- and y-values first and then transform them as normal.
A E A )
a) f(x)= =r,e(x)=2x b) =x-3, g(x)= 3
a )=
rien cf) =T x |
d) {4
409X)=x43 7
x)=x"
=2, g(x)=Pee;
es KJ veis
yd
g) TNs BO) letra
on f4
tert fe trictiops walere 7ing teh
ne rts i y A in
wot llf(x)=x° aravag i MOSS , "J
KP ea at
ce) f(x)=(-2)
CY fo
Pre-Calculus 12
D if dom
10 e ia iay a TG Ti
Aad
4. Find the inverse of the following functions.
or neither.
23
aE“y Was 4tate a PS 2x we
|
aye
a Waa
32
4ASZ2K cb a tancl a
ne ntl
A ra 7 4
2 One ae : Ya wy @) =e
| we Se
Y \} \
PG
le
Sa Wh
> LY sf
Cheyer y. Ye psme ay
% oie
2sy
Aft2
sic Yk Ak
Je = Arca
5. Let ioe Dishem a
5 bates
gg x & 3 , A/S)
}
a + et A 2K 2
)
= Y (3x2) =24-|
} x
) 7)
3 t) y
z
ZSA~L pe ae
]
Sat e
)
> Xt-f2 iy ie —
»)
c) dgek ;JP) , mes tl :
da) (fog Do )
>)
») ttt si are 2G f eee
»
nee = HKStz XMyfo
‘i
2, 2 AU
j
od ee Afe g) (x)
Fe4 yayrep.
e) (f'eg X)
a
= _ 42K t!
oe
nk
= Pat a- x4ue
wa
=9
from the publisher
be reproduced without wrtitten permission
a Copyriaes rescen t Beach Publishing. No partof
this publicatio n may
>
46 @ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
6. Given the graph of f, on the same grid draw the graph of the inverse of /-
tO A a SS UMN aS SE i ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.5 — Inverse Functions ¢ 47
7. If(-1, 2) or (a, d) is a point of the graph of y= f(x), what must be a point on the graph for the following?
a) y= f(x) b) y=fo()-1
CA) Cop om Bia
c) y= f\(x+2) dyeey =f Cs) pa
4Oy TW) Sop|)
Vad
Dame! oloti”
“ptboy CYL)
ae
+i lag tl
ah 4) Ab we J
V 8. Graph theOg it ee agfaphic cal ator. State if the inverse is a function, a one-to-one
function, or neither.
j | :
9. The function f(x) = a(—x*? —x+2) te 10. Ifthe graph of f contains points in quadrant I
an inverse function such that f'(6)=— and II, the graph of f~' must centain points in
Find a. iL
| baeff x +oy
f what Da:
1 tla t 2 she
arp
11. The ae or FabrSnheit and eer
PSone " | Show t =t0- ae. ae
temperatures are — visayK
utrhe g)=7 | "
9 5
Fs Oe it (fog) (x)=(g of \(x). Does this
Show that these functions are inverses of hold for all one-to-one functions?
eosyOho ess
48 ¢ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
Combined Transformatior 1S
We have an understanding of quadratic, square root, absolute value, cubic, reciprocal, general y= f(x) and inverse
function graphs plus the transformation of these graphs. We can summarize the transformation steps as follows:
It is important to note that reflections/compressions/expansions always come first in combined functions and
relations followed by translations.
It is also important to realize that the horizontal expansion/compression factor b must be factored out of the x term.
3 to the right.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.6 — Combined Transformations @ 49
If y= f(x) has point (m, n), then y = af [b(x—c)] + d has point [2 c,an+ ‘|
If the point (3, 2) is on the graph y= f(x), what point ison y=-4 f(6—3x)+1?
Method 2
If y= f(x) has point (m, n), theny = af [b(x — c)] + d has point (2+ ¢,.an+ ‘|
» Solution: Method 1
Method 2
y=-3f(2(x+4)-1 with
m =2 andn=—1 has a=-3,b =2, c=-4, andd=-1
aR ee a Sa ee ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
50 @ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
y y
Step 4
Step 3
Method 2
y= f(x) has point (m, n), then y = af [b(x —c)] + dhas point [z+6, dn + ‘|
Key reference points of this graph are (—1, 0), (0, 1), (1, 1) and (2, 0)
Use these key points to calculate the translated points
(-l, 0) [S-1-2-081)
(- >:7 Graph
of f(x) = -2 ff 2(+)]+1
0,1) [S-1-2:141]
0
ie ies
ey 1) y
Gel) [-b-1-2141
jl ae» y
(2, 0) (3- i ae ov 7 = (2,1)
Graph these four points, and join to form the translated graph.
Pe I a en a ee Oe ME
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.6 — Combined Transformations 4 51
1. Suppose y= f(x) has point (a, b). Matcb-the fupetion on the left with the point on the right. |
a) y=f(x- wv A (a-1,b)
b) y= f(I-x) #X-I) a et
Oe y=) (1—a, b)
d) y= f(x)+1 , 5)
e) y=f(-x) (—b, a+1)
f) y=-f@) (a, b+1)
gs) y=f@rtl
by y= f(x) (-a,-b)
) y=-f"@) ;
) y= f(x)4+1
Se = a)
) y=fi Cra!
yt a
») ef
Lb
2), pSPOSes)
ne aye - EL, x
c) ys vay / hia
(4-2, eA, e
e)
en -Le-|
alee iy
g)
Copyright © 2009 | by Crescent Beach Bapheltien No part of this publienian may be reproduced without written permission from the es
Za) YF =’
\ / ay L : po se! Ae
52 @ Chapter 1 - Pikotaatt
; Mi fca4 te) ees LsACE culus 12 2
GlstranSistaations:
)
re
i f(x)=x? —1, determine théequation after each ge olowing
ee
=
ae 3 ; ; a (ae
= Gn
1)4ANe“Ael ety
a) y=/f(x+2)
Pa t) | oe FU 4
y=2f d-9+3
Pe
e) ory
OY't f= - (ft! 21} |
yey) by a eter of 3x" | f2-X Ttce
f) ae d
rc ee kA PARED” ( Pa t
ooa
ym Lf 4x7 6.36 ,determine the equation after eacho
dat
ae SS oan
PartCay iba SL a i
c) Compress Sea by a Nua of — and expand vertically by a factor of 4 LK eal
“ay {A 2) 2ae
SG oe ipithe ae
ee
At 5y without a nat / ‘
4d, vthynMe
WW “Oye
Mea) ~ Sell!
mal ( yet lect’
> | un va | la
“HEB
_|h 4) Ae
Copyright © 2005 rescent Beach Publishing. No part‘ef this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.6 — Combined Transformations ¢ 53
7. Given the graph of y= f(x) below, sketch the graphs of the following:
a) y=s(dx]n ?
hGve
mb) y Vertiouf 10106lin, fang? é
\ivig—
i
e
i. | ss id w
eee : A hy
S004 2,
Va (1 1)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
54 ¢ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
Chapter Review. -
a) -2 ft) JC -2)
b) 0 ; :
9 2 249-6>| -C2hC 2
d) 10
a +f. ee}
2. The graph of y=(x+1)*
+2 compared to the ph of y=’ has a ; Al
4. The graph of (x— 2)? +(y+3) =25 compared to the graph of x* + y? =25 hasa
a) horizontal translation of 2 units left and vertical translation of 3 units upward.
b) horizontal translation of 2 units right and vertical translation of 3 units downward:
c) horizontal translation of 2 units right and vertical translation of 3 units upward.
d) horizontal translation of 2 units left and vertical translation of 3 units downward.
Pied ree em eg ee TO Ss
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.7 — Chapter Review 4 55
8. Ifthe graph of y= f(x) has a domain —3< x <2, then the graph of y= |id(x)| has a domain
ay) F0Sx=3 he al /
b) -3<x<2 1 iy b
c) x>0 Ue
d) xe 2 a?
9, lithe graph of y= f(x) has a range —3< f(x) <2, then the graph of y= |f(x)| has a range
a) 0< f(x)<2
b) 0< f(x)<3
c) 2< f(x)s3 ae se
d) f(x) 23 : |
10. Which equation represents a reflection of the graph 3—x =2y’+y inthe line y=x?
a) 3+x=2y'+y PY ayy ey Ss
b) 3-x=-2y'+y ; 7 ee
ce) 3-x=2y
+y JCom > SH
d) 3-y=2x?
+x es ae ol
=
11. Ifthe point, (-1, 2), is on the graph y= f(x) , what point is on the may f(y)?
ae) c
b) ©@2; 1)
c)) (se 8)
d) -+. 7 i
12. Which equation represents the graph of y= f(x) after it is reflectedin the x-axis, thentranslated vertically
2 units downward? p ae) as oS
a) y=—-f(x)+2
b) y= f(-x)+2 yew
c) y=f(-x)-2
d) y=-f(x)-2 ;
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
56 @ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
aph of y= f(x) has a point on the graph of (—2, 9), then the graph of xtl= f(y-1) must have a
t iw’the graph of aa
Ce —8)
by 10)
eye (x. =1)
(107, s;
16. Which equation represents the graph of y=x° —x° —x +1 after it has been reflected in the x-axis?
a) ee | (a (ewe €: {
b) y=—-x+x°4+x41 ye 44K -{
ce) y=-x
tx? +x-1
d) pax tx? -x41
17. Which equation represents the graph of y= x° —x* —x +1 after it has been reflected in the y-axis?
a) Bi eB tte
yore =x 22 +x +1 mS|? Rae x 2+ ¥
b) pax
tx? +x41
ce) yH-x+x7+x-1
d) y=—-x?+x?-x+1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.7 —- Chapter Review ¢ 57
18. In which line would the graph of y = x*—1 be reflected to obtain the graph of y=Vx+1?
» peo ey mead y
(
19. Given f(x)=x*—4 determine the y-intercept 0
a) -8
b) -6
C)Oa6
da) 58
20. Which of the following equations does NOT have f(x) = f(—x)?
2)
a) y=x 41
b) x+y’ =9
c) 3x°-y'?=1
d) y=(x-1)
Level B Questions
2 + wom
1 ;
a) horizontal compression factor of — and a vertical expansion factor of 3.
1
b) horizontal compression factor of 5 and a vertical ae
Wire
; ; 1
c) horizontal expansion factor of2nd a vertical compression factor f2/
Anep
22. The graph of y= sin Er| compared to the graph of y= sin xhas a
71, 2
° A @ ) : J : if } 7
a)
4
horizontal translation to the right of 7 units. i fs ( /x aed
‘+ 4’) ; L
b) horizontal translation to the left of 7 units.
c) horizontal translation to the right of 2 units. YD
d) horizontal translation to the left of 2 units
23. The graph of y= f(x+a)+b with a,b<0 compared to the graph o (Ke
horizontal translation to the right of “a” units and vertical translation of “b” units upward. ; ie
b) horizontal translation to the left of “a” units and vertical translation of “b” units upward:
———
c) horizontal translation to the right of “a” units and vertical translation of “b” units downward.
d) horizontal translation to the left of “a” units and vertical translation of “b” units downward.
i a ve a a ee Pog mr Pe 2Be
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
58 @ Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
24. The graph of y=—af(x), O0<a<1 compared to the graph of y= f(x) hasa i
aux = 0, he ys J ee A
b) xS-2,x2>2 i < 4 aK 2) 4 Mey _ Y = ei
ce) Vex? ee
d) all real numbers | “ eee
26. If y= f(x) has points in quadrant II and III, then the graph of y= f'(x) must have points in
what quadrants?
a) ais TV, \
b) Il, 1 \ ooo es
uA settee s :
ee IL, TV 1,
d) Il, IV ere ey
Q// | |
27. What is the graph y=sin(2x+ 4) translated 2 units to the right? A ea
a) y=sin(2x) YU. Me Oe ;
b) y=sin(2x +2) , VS San <«XK 1 L)-
©) y=sin(2x+6) aes .
d) y=sin(2x +8)
28. Which equation represents the graph of y= f(—x) translated 2 units to the left and down 3 units?
a) y= f(—x+2)+3
b) y= f(-x-2)+3
Cy iy fx 2)—3
do yas ex 2)—3
29. Ifthe point, (-2, —6), is on the graph of y= f(x) , what point is on the graph of y=—2| f(x)|+3?
a) (2; =) {
b) (-2, —6)
¢) (2,449) =
d) (2, -6)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.7 — Chapter Review ¢ 59
30. The graph of the function y= f(x) is shown at left, what transformation will produce the graph
on the right?
a) f(-x)
b) —f(x)
ce) 9f'@)
1
d
f(x)
31. If f(x)=4x* +8, determine the new equation g(x) after a horizontal expansion by a factor of 2 units.
a) g(x)=x°+8
\
b) g(x)=16x? +8
1
7 4
ce) g(x)=x° +2
d) g(x)=16x’? +32
: py,
32. If the point, (-1, —2), is on the graph y= f(x), what point is on the graph of y= |m4 o
iN
a) (=), —2))
b) (1.2) OF oe, b
RL Poi Meee TH
i S z
d) (i =)
33. Ifthe point, (-2, 4), is on the graph of y= f(x), what point is on the graph of y= f'(x+1)?
a) (G; 22)
b) (4, -3) <i ’ yl ee Aa | “A
ce) Cd, -4)
d) ©, —2)
34. If the point, (-2, 4), is on the graph of y= f(x), what point is on the graph of y= f'(—x)?
ae Co’ N=)
c) (-4, -2)
d) (4, -2)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
60 # Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
35. The function y=16—x’ is expanded horizontally by a factor of 2, then translated 2 units downward.
The transformed function would be —_>
a) 2 | 4 ig
b)
c)
d)
a) f(n)
o ae LN) ae
d) f(n+))
if } f ,
f 5 \.
EWE If 9x? +8y* =36, determine the equation if its gi fg #. Exe ee ieee bya fae of a
:
|
d) 81x? +2y? =36
38. The graph, y= f(x), is shown on the left. Determine the equation of the new graph on the right.
a) Y= raps)
b) y=-7fC%)
€) yas x)
d) y=—f(-2x)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.7 — Chapter Review ¢ 61
39. The graph, y= f(x), is shown on the left. Determine the equation of the new graph on the right.
a) y=-f(2x+4)
: ya Glad) f (2xt 2)
y=—2f(x+2)
d) y=-2f(x-
40. The graph, y= f(x), is shown on the left. Determine the equation of the new graph on the right.
a) y=f(5xt))
b) y=fGx-D)
ce) yH=2f(xt2)¥F
d) y=2f(x-2)
(B (X4 )
a) —5 em
\ es
be eo eS
C—O
ee v2
d) 5
42. If the range of y= f(x) is -2< y<1 determine the range ofthe function y=—2 f(x)-4.
a) -8sSys2
b) -6<y<0 %
c) -2<ys4 =
d) 2<ys8 ee
DEES
—————————————————————————————————————
aT eres ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
62 # Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
43. Given the function f(x)=(x+1)(x-2) which function will have the same x-intercept as f(x)?
a) y= f(-2x) ZY
b) y=-2f(x) V
c) x= f(y)
1
a) y=
f(x)
4 ich line would the graph of f(x) =2x* —3x be reflected to obtain the graph of g(x)= 2x? +3x?
= Ly
b) y=0 WA
c) y=x UL
d) y=—
45. If the point (8, —6) is on the graph of y= f(x), what poifit is graphed after the following transformations
are performed in the order given? —_/ 7 if ait ie
2,16 i. Fl ye =, )
ee
bye Ont2)
( @
\
ia 3 b
/
V + ha
ae ) | las,
ae 1) in il =é -
c) (18,4)
d) (18, 16) ‘ A
Level C Questions ( » ‘
46. Which equation represents the graph of y= x° — x° +x—1 after it is reflected in both the x-axis and y-axis?
47. Which equation represents the graph of y= f(x) after it is reflected in the y-axis, then translated
horizontally 2 units to the left?
a) y= fet2) 2 ee }2 }
b) y=-f(x-2) : aon,
ce) y= f(-x-2)
d) y= f(-x+2) ‘ { py! Bie .
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 1.7 — Chapter Review 4 63
=I!
DP) se
OD) Oe
u MEG
vi / % )Xxm
rar (x)=, determine f(x), the inverse of f(x).
ne"2 “ Sx -|
IMIG res
b) f'@)=— ee
) f@=— hy es
d) Boe
2 Ze
a4 4x9 NJ
= yp
:
a) f(x)=>, g(x)=5x42
XxX
eS P
b) g(x)=—, f(x)=5x+2
Xx
1
c) ees g(x)=3
d Wehr:op ; (x)= 3
52. The zeroes of a function y= f(x) are —3, 0, 2. Determine the zeroes of the function}
Y:fox!
k- 1
a) a 4, re i 1
b) —3,—1, 2
Cy 22 8 \ eal
d) oy I 1, aS
d) 1% y—2 Z "Go ae x 4Y
J
54. If (3, —4) isa point on the graph of y= f(x), what must be a point on the graph of y= pu x)-2?
ay (0,4) ate
b) W248) a ] - ax
CG. 4) Md. g
2) ie 6, 2)
b) (-4, 0)
C) (296)
d) (4, -4)
ey (“o
56. The (a, b) is on the graph of y =x , which of the ve ‘)in te a Dsb are on
57. If (m, n) is a point on the graph of y= f(x), determine a point on the graph y=—f(x-2)+1
a) (m=2) -—n 1)
b) (m+2, —n+1) ; 2
c) (—m+2, n+l) (
d) (-m-2, n-})
58. If the point (a, b) is on the graph of y= f(x), which of the following points is on the graph
Ka) -(
y=2f(4-x)-1?
a) (-a+4, 2b-1)
b) (-a+4, 2b+1)
ee 2b |
©) (a—4, 2b-1)
d) (a—4, 2b+1)
a) -8
bh) 2
€)) 42
d) 8
60 . Given the function f(x) =3x+1, which of the following will have the same y-intercept as f(x)?
Pp
1
a) y=
b =
1
ees
ere camilla
c) x= f(y)
uuptnst
Vee
f(y)
a) 2542aen
b) 2x—2a7+2
c) 4x-4a+4
d) 4x+4a+4
3x7 +7 =9
») >) Ce 4) ee
b) Ox a7 ——_—___ 5
1x? —1 } |
| bie et + a AerA a )
TG igs | o OO) >
d) a! pe
Tx +1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. fo part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission frome publisher.
66 # Chapter 1 — Transformations Pre-Calculus 12
63. If the graph x* + y? =1 is horizontally expanded by a factor bs3 and vertically compressed by a factor
]
of ae determine an cay,for the new ‘aa
Vee =!
ae
2
GZ E va
2
ay eye
2
2
dy ox oat
4
64. If the point (-4, 8) is on the graph of y = f(x), what point must be on the graph of y= f(4—2x)-1?
4 ae ‘ : ae ae- y = /
c) (4, 7)
d) (6, 7) a
65. The function, y= f(x), iseae left. The function, y =af(bx), is shown on the right. are
the values of a and b.
a)
b)
c)
d)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.1 — Polynomials ¢ 67
Polynomials
In this chapter, we will learn to sketch the graphs of polynomial functions and will develop the theory of
polynomial equations. But first, we must define a polynomial.
Definition of a Polynomial
Let a.,a_,,a,,
n-1? ~n-2, :
°**,@,,a,,a, be real numbers, and 7 a whole number. A polynomial is
an expression in the form:
Oxn tae
n-\
eax2: eax1 ta 0
witha n
«0.
Polynomial in Leading
standard form Degree Coefficient Special Name
J (x) = 2x -3 | 2 linear
k(x)=5 0 5 constant
2x -3
h(x) = 2 ? not a polynomial, simplifies to 2x7' - 3x which gives negative exponents.
Xx
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
68 ¢ Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
y y
2
Polynomial function Non-polynomial function — has a break
y yp *
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.1 — Polynomials @ 69
For f(x) =x”, nan odd integer For f(x) =-x”",n an odd integer
Domain — all real numbers Domain — all real numbers
Range — all real numbers Range — all real numbers
For f(x) =x”, an even integer For f(x) =-x”",n an even integer
Domain — all real numbers Domain — all real numbers
Range — y=0 Range — y <0
Does the end behaviour of f(x) =x* and g(x)=x* -5x* +4 change?
x I) g(x)
0 0
D 16
=) 16
5 625 504
5 625 504
10 10 000 9 504
—10 10 000 9 504
100 10° 9.99 x 10’
—100 10° 9.99 x 10’ 3
The graphs of the two functions are nearly the same away from the origin. 10° ~9.99 x10’.
There is only a 0.0000001 difference. We can thus state
SB) =
AXA, XT oer
u! n-l eee
bO N+ a,» a, 20
The end behaviour of f(x) is determined by the leading term of the polynomial, Gx
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
70 # Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
When graphing a polynomial function, first examine the leading term a"x”. The coefficient n will tell you the
basic shape of the polynomial. The coefficient a” will tell you the direction of the polynomial.
a) y=ax"+-:-, ifm is an even whole number and a > 0, graph starts up and ends up.
y yy y
e.g.) y= 2x* +0 .
Xx
Xx
b) y=ax"+-:, ifmis an even whole number and a < 0, graph starts down and ends down.
y y y
i,
~Xx
e.g. ey yo-2x* 4+
x
c) y=ax"+---, ifm is an odd whole number and a > 0, graph starts down and ends up.
u yy uf
t t
Co, Bs eeala
d) y=ax"+---, ifmis an odd whole number and a <0, graph starts up and ends down.
yi sy, by
py \ x
Caere a ae +: a
a)” f(x)==3x"
+ 3x7 b) g(x)=x°-2x° +x-2
Ann" degree polynomial, with 7 an even number, can intersect the x-axis from 0 to 7 times.
Ann" degree polynomial, with n an odd number, can intersect the x-axis from | to n times.
What is the minimum and maximum number of intersections of the x-axis for the
following polynomial function?
a) y=-2x° +: b) y=3x°+-:
y y
4 turns S fae
eX
Minimum degree of this polynomial function is 5. | Minimum degree of this polynomial function is 4.
Multiplicity of a Polynomial
If a polynomial is of degree n, it can have at most 7 distinct solutions. When one solution is repeated r times,
the function is said to have a solution of multiplicity .
a) f(x)=x'
+x -6x° b) “gGyen
£%° =2r = 2x xl
> Solution: a) Has degree 4, thus 0 to 4 zeros b) Has degree 5, thus | to 5 zeros
f(x) =x" +x° - 6x" o(x) =x $x? 25 =D
Be 0) =x*(x4+1)-2x7(x4+
1) +(x4+)
= x" (x + 3)(x- 2) = (x41)? =27 +1)
=(x 41)? —1)7
=(x+1)(x-1)(x+ Ds
=(x— 1) (xaely
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.1 — Polynomials 73
1. a) The graph of a polynomial function is , which means it has no gaps, breaks, or holes.
b) For a polynomial of degree “n,” if n is an even degree it has at most real zeros and
at least zeros and at most turning points.
c) For a polynomial of degree “n,” if 7 is an odd degree it has at most real zeros and
at least zeros and at most turning points.
: is a factor
* (@2,0) isan or the graphy (x)
e) A polynomial function is written in standard form if its terms are written in order
of exponents from left to right.
2. State whether the following equations are polynomial functions. If yes, state degree, leading coefficient,
and special name, if no state reason.
peewee Pane 5
b) V2x A504 2
c) -4tx7 +V¥-2x41
=
d) 3x+2
a2
e) 5
>X
x x
e) y f) y
| wat
x
a
RS
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
74 Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
6. Determine whether the following are polynomial functions. If so, state the degree; if not, state the reason.
a) f(x)=-x'+4x442 b) f(x)=vVx
e) f(x)=(x-2)° f) f(x)=(x+1°
i) f(x)=v2x" ) f@)-—
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.1 — Polynomials ¢ 75
a) F(x)
=3x b) f(x) =-3x
i) F(X)=Hx
+20 FX? =2 Wy) FQax
-2x -x 42
8. Find a function in the form y= cx" that has the same end behaviour as the given function.
SS a en e ee ee Lae
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
76 # Chapter 2 — Polynomials
9. Find all the real zeros, and the multiplicity of each zero.
f(x)=x°-4 b) f(x)=(x-4y
a)
h(x) = a =
e) h(x)=x*-x- 20x" 3 3
In order to sketch polynomial functions, look at the effect multiplicity of zeros has on the shape of a graph.
a) If (x-a) has multiplicity of 1, the graph of f crosses the x-axis directly at x =a.
y y
Y= Gaas
b) If (x-a) has multiplicity of an even number, the graph of f touches the x-axis but does not cross, with
this general shape. It bounces at the zero.
y My
y=(e-a)=
ya-(x-a)'= a
c) If (x-a) has multiplicity of an odd number greater than one, the graph of f crosses the x-axis with this
general shape. Looks like it will bounce, but at the zero it changes directions and crosses.
y ny,
ya(x-a)
y=-(x-aye - x >
Step 7: Plot a reasonable number of points and draw a smooth continuous curve.
a a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
78 Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
Se la i gag a aa a Ah eT
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.2 — Graphing Polynomial Functions 4 79
Our knowledge of multiplicities, x-intercepts, y-intercepts and points of a polynomial function allows us to write
the equation of the polynomial function.
A polynomial has —1, —1, 0, 2, as its roots, and p (1) =5. What is the equation of
the polynomial?
P Solution: P(x) =a(x+1)-x-(x-2), but p()=5
p(l) = a(1+1)°(I)- 2) =5
a(4)(1)(-1) =5
=): )
] 1
—l6a =-3
a =
3
—
16
Sketch the graph of a polynomial function of lowest degree given the sign diagram.
with a <0
Diemer
Ee ese
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
80 ¢ Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
For polynomial functions that are difficult to factor, real zeros can be calculated with a graphing calculator.
2era
s="L.5620965 |¥=0
The real zero of f(x) = x° — 3x° + 2x + 1is (-1.563, 0) by the calculator’s zero function.
This is the only one since the graph already has 4 turning points in -2 < x <2 so there is no
possibility of any other crossing.
Se eg ea a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.2 — Graphing Polynomial Functions 4 81
1. What is the minimum degree and number of turning points of the following polynomial graphs?
a) 4 b) h
r M.D. M.D.
aR. TP.
Cc) y d) y
TsP. hinod
e) i f)
x M.D. % M.D.
oP) ee
2. From the table of values below, what is the minimum number of zeros possible for the polynomial
function P(x). State at what integer, or between what integers, the zeros occur.
3. Determine the equation, in factored form, of a polynomial that fits the following graphs.
a) p b)
d)
i
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
82 ¢ Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
x f(s)=-5x° b) faser4
Q f)=-ox'41 ee i
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.2 — Graphing Polynomial Functions ¢ 83
La 1
c) ifthe zeros are Me and goes d) of degree 4 that has = as a root of
e) of degree 4, whose zeros include 0, 2, f) of the least degree that is symmetric to the
which has a factor of x? -2x-5, and y-axis, touches but does not go through the
whose graph contains the point (3, 12). x-axis at (3, 0), and has P(0) = 27.
8. Ifa polynomial function of even degree has a positive leading coefficient and a negative y-intercept, what is
the minimum number of real roots it could have?
a
a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
84 @ Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
Division of Polynomials :
This section will look at two methods of dividing polynomials. These division methods will be used to factor
and find zeros of polynomial functions. First, we must define the terminology used in division.
Division Terminology
Long Division
Suppose you are told that the polynomial function f(x) =6x° -19x* +11x+6 has a zero at x=2. Then
x-2 isa factor of f(x). Therefore, f(x) =(x-2)g(x). Let us find g(x) by dividing f(x) by x-2.
ig:
=3x
hee
x-2 6x? — 19x? +11x+6
=(x—=2\ 6x" = 7x = 3)
3 ih
3
Note: When doing long division, the vast majority of mistakes are not made in the division step but in the
subtraction step. Please be extra careful in your subtraction steps!
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Divide 3x° — 2x7 +1byx-2.
> Solution: We use zero coefficients for any missing terms so that the subtraction terms line up.
3x7 +4x+8
oo 3x3 —2x7 +0x4+1
3X EOYs Multiply 3x° (x - 2)
Ay a Oe Subtract; bring down next term + 0x
Ay? 25 Multiply 4x (x - 2)
8x+1 Subtract; bring down next term + 1
8x -16 Multiply 8(x - 2)
1 Subtract; this is the remainder
3x° — 2x7 +1
Thus 3x° — 2x? +1 =(x-—2)(3x7 +4x+8)+17 or ae ae 3k ae Ot
Do Se
Solution: Rewrite the dividend and divisor in descending powers of the variable; use Ox as a
placeholder.
3x? +8x+2
a ~ 2x +3)3x4 + 2x? = 5x7 +0x-1
r(x) -— remainder
Step 1: Write the dividend and divisor in descending powers of the variable.
Step 2: Insert zero coefficients for missing powers of the variable.
Step 3: Be extremely careful in the subtraction step.
enn
ee EEE EEEEEE EEEEEEEEEIEEE eS ooo
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
86 # Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
Synthetic Division
There is a shortcut to long division of polynomial functions. It is called synthetic division. Synthetic division
allows you to carry out calculations in a much simpler and faster manner.
Divide: 2x*-5x°+x-4byx-2
SOS ae = a
Sa Ax Ba
—3x-4 aN
-3x +6 -3 6
-10 10
Step 3 Note that the simplified method contains Step 4 Rather than subtract, let’s perform addition
a lot of duplication. Let us eliminate the by changing the sign of the —2 in the
duplication: divisor:
2-1 -2 -3 2-1 -2 -3
#9\9 -5 0 1 -4 2) 2) =—5 097) A
-4 -
0 0
ae >»)
1 1
4 -4
-4 -4
iO -6
-10 -10
Step 5 Compress the entire division into three Step 6 Combine the quotient row at the top and
lines: the remainder at the bottom into a single
2 -1 -2 -3 row and place it at the bottom. Then, turn
the division sign inside out:
pl rare UE ome:
4 -2 -4 -6
2 -1 -2 -3 -10
Thus, the quotient and remainder is 2x* —5x° + x-4 = (x -2)(2x* - x? -2x-3)-10
nl Aw i es lh il aes Sec A A I A oe
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.3 — Division of Polynomials ¢ 87
Step 2: Insert the zero of the divisor to the left. Since the divisor is x - 2, the zero is x = 2
(which makes x — 2 = 0).
2| 3 SOE a0 1 Row 1
Row 2
Row 3
2| 3 DIE O 1 Row 1
Row 2
3 Row 3
Step 4: Multiply the first entry in Row 3 by divisor 2, and place the result in Row 2,
one column to the right.
2| 3 9) eee Tt l Row 1
6 Row2
Po Rou
Step 5: Add the entry in Row 2 to the entry above it in Row 1, and enter the sum in Row 3.
2| 3 So 1 Row 1
6 Row 2
3 4 Row 3
Step 6: Repeat this process of steps 4 and 5 until Row 2 and 3 are filled.
2| 3 ayia’ a) 1 Row 1
= as: 16 Row2
3ee4 ig aaa Rows
Quotient Remainder
VEO ed
. BeBlane Se 7 82
x-2 x-2
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
88 4 Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
Find, by synthetic division, & such that 2x° +x? -5x+k when divided by x +1, has a
remainder —3.
» Solution: For the synthetic division to work, the coefficent x in the divisor must be 1, so factor the
coefticent 27 ~1= 2(x — +).
So we divide 6x* —7x° +4x? -11x+9 by x —+ using synthetic division and then divide that
answer
by 2.
a 6 -7 4 -ll1 9
6x" - 7x) +4x° -11x+9 |
3. -2 1 -5 thus 6x 4 10
ee ee ea eee
2 =10 "4 2 2
6 -4
6x
Bs iax ++40
x —1ies9
x+9 _ 6x
Ox =4x7
xX 42x1
+2% Oy = Day Rear
20, sey) 2 =) 2x-1
Notice that the quotient from the synthetic division was divided by 2 but the remainder is unaffected.
p Solution: Synthetic division does not work for divisors that are quadratic in form, but x” - 4 factors
to (x -2)(x+2).
Therefore, we will divide by these factors.
2 Ronit -5 -36 4
2 22 34 -4
Oi leg sh l7Y =e -0
—2 -18 2,
1 9 -—] 0
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
NE Section LET
2.3 — Division
NT of OOPolynomials
NI ISD #NTT
89
1. Compute the quotient using long division. Write all answers in two ways:
oF dividend ind
* dividend = (quotient)(divisor) + remainder : a = (quotient) + ee
divisor divisor
3
b 8x -1
Fy x-3)x"- 8x? 3x42 prea
x =3x+8
¢) eal) 42x40 ex? 3x44 d) =e
x —5xp+]
e) x? -4x-12)x? +2x? -13x+10 5 aia 5
En Ta a Th Le
T
EA
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
90 ¢ Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
2. Use synthetic division to find the quotient polynomial Q(x) and the remainder R when P(x) is divided by
the binomial following it.
c) P(x)
=4x° +5x=3: x42 d) P(x)=x°
-5x° +10; x-1
k) P(x) =x* -5x? —4x? +5x+3; x7-1 P(x) =x° —x* -8x° + 7x? + 7x—-30; x’ -—x-6
3. Divide by synthetic division. Write answer in form {(x)=c(x)g(x)+r where f(x) is the given
polynomial and c(x) is the given factor.
B) x 4 2 Sx Se 4 De = ae iy 5 x — 2
(n is a positive integer)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
92 @ Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
€) When x? +kx? -2x-7 is divided by f) When kx? + mx’ +x-2 is divided by x-1,
x +1, the remainder is 5. What is the the remainder is 6. When this polynomial is
remainder when it is divided by x -1? divided by x +2, the remainder is 12.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.4 — The Remainder and Factor Theorems 4 93
The remainder obtained in synthetic division has a very important interpretation in evaluating polynomial functions.
By division, we have
f(x) =(x- a)q(x)+r with r = 0 or a constant value
Evaluate f(x) atx=a
f(a) =(a-a)q(a)t+r
=r
This shows that the value of the polynomial function at x = a is equivalent to the remainder of the polynomial
function divided by (x- a).
Remainder Theorem
Without dividing, what is the remainder when P(x) = 2x* - 3x’ + 2x -3 is divided
by x-2?
p> Solution: (by remainder theorem) Check by synthetic division:
8-84+2+k=5 Dheationgi2yadl sd
Per ae
Dee (; Oo Mere See
has
Find the remainder when x'’ — 2x'? +7 is divided by x +1.
& Solution: This problem would be very difficult by division, but using the remainder theorem
makes it very easy.
x+1=0
Be
PO)2 a = 27a
P(-l)=(-D" -2(-1)” +7
=-1-2+7
P(-1)=4 Thus, the remainder is 4.
a a ear eae aie nay et rr ererr Se
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
94 ¢ Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
The factor theorem is a direct result of the remainder theorem. If a polynomial P(x) is divided by (x-a) and
there is no remainder, that means that (x - a) divides in evenly and is a factor of P(x).
So 3x’ +4x° —3x* —3x-10 =(x + 2)(x° —2x° +x—5) and (x + 2) iis a factor of P(x):
So 3x7 + 4x? - 3x” —3x-10 =(x-1)(3x° + 7x’ +4x+1)-9. Since there is a remainder,
(x-1) is nota factor of P(x).
We can state:
Factor Theorem
Let P be a polynomial function. Then polynomial P(x) has a factor x —a if, and only if, P(a)=0.
“If and only if’ implies two separate parts to the Factor Theorem:
1. If P(a)=0, then x-a isa factor of P(x).
2. If x-a isa factor of P(x), then P(a)=0.
> Solution: Because x - 2 is of the form x-a with a=2, we find the value of P(2)
P(2) = 2° - 2(2”) + 3(2) - 6 = 0, so (x —2) is a factor of P(x)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.4 — The Remainder and Factor Theorems ¢ 95
=i 0 = 1 =
—2 2 l —2
2 —2 —] 2 —3 < remainder is —3, not 0
We will add a third concept of polynomial functions to make finding zeros of a polynomial function easier
. ; a
to find. Recall that rational numbers are your basic fractions , or more formally a, b are integers, b#0.
oy es |
Possible Factors Corresponding Zeros
(Gxtd)(vee 8) I+ v I+
for any polynomial function, not just a quadratic function that was shown in the above example.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Ai
i
ti
i
it
een
ttt
96 4 Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
Matic
il —8
5
VW
(x-1)(x-2)(x-6)
=(x-1)(x-2)(x-6
factorsof6 +1,+2,+3,+6
» Solution: Possible rational zeros = S
factors of 4 +1,+2,+4
= ee ia ep eee ae ee
22 * 45a
Check (x +1) and (x-1) and show the remainder is not zero.
Therefore, of the 16 possible zeros, the three that worked are x = -2, a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
p Section 2.4 — The Remainder and Factor Theorems 4 97
e ee ea Ye
1. Find P(k).
e) When x°+kx? -2x-7 is divided by f) When kx’? + mx’ +x-2 is divided by x-1,
x +1, the remainder is 5. What is the the remainder is 6. When this polynomial is
remainder when it is divided by x -1? divided by x + 2, the remainder is 12.
a
ge
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
98 ¢ Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
a) Ifa polynomial equation P(x) is divided b) Given P(x) =x? —rx?+3x+r’, find all
by x — a, what is the value of its possible values of r so P(3)=18.
remainder?
©) When the polynomial P(x) = kx +2x°° +4x47 f) Solve for k and mif P(x) =2x°+3x? +kx+m
is divided by x + 1, the remainder is 23. and P(1)=8 and P(-2)=-13.
Determine the value of the constant, k.
c) x +x —9x7 —9x
= x(x +1) )( ) d) 2x* —7x° +9x? —5x+1=(«-1)( )
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.4 — The Remainder and Factor Theorems ¢ 99
5. Solve the following using the factor theorem and rational root theorem as necessary.
a) If2 is a root of the equation b) What are all values of k for which 1 isa
3x° + x* — 20x +12 =0, determine the zero of P(x)=—4x° +2x? —-2kx+k°?
other roots.
.
g) For what number k is k a zero of h) Find the complete factored form of the
f(x) = 2x’ - kx’ +G-K )x—6? following:
Peat on —ox —lox +4412
if P-2) = P--1) = P(1) =0
i) Factor completely: x° —3x* + 8x7 -9x +3, j) Determine values for a and } such that
if x — 1 is a factor. x—1 isa factor of both x°+x°+ax+b and
a=ax eb.
en ak ae an ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
100 ¢ Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
Polynomial Applications — |
Many real-life situations can be modelled by polynomial functions. The solutions may be rational, and can be
solved by methods learned in this chapter. Other solutions are irrational, and can be only solved by a graphing
calculator. Here are some examples:
A box is constructed such that the length is twice the width and the height is 2 cm longer
than the width, with a volume of 350.cm*. Find the dimensions of the box.
x 42% -175=0
Factors of 175 are 1, 5, 7, 25, 35, 175. (Negatives not possible.)
q 1 D 0 2175 5| 1 2 0 175
3 2 5 35 175
1 3 3 Sep 1 "| 35 0
Ngee
Be] end I35)
ee a ee en ee
eNO
ee ee no solution
2 2
ox +1457 = 08
x =21 16020
Possible rational zeros (reject negative zeros) 1, 2, 3, 6, anything
after this would make length negative.
Check:
Bet =) 0 162
3 —54 —162
1 —18 —54 0 continue
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.5 — Polynomial Applications # 101
ee 18?
-40(-54)
OE eras ala 560)20:62
Z
An open rectangular box is constructed by cutting a square of length x from each corner of a
12 cm by 15 cm rectangular piece of cardboard, then folding up the sides. What is the length
of the square that must be cut from each corner if the volume is 112 cm? (x must be greater
than 1)?
® Solution: 15 — 2x V = length x width x height
[pe
= (15-2x)(2-2x)(x) =112
4x’ —54x* +180x-112=0
12 2% 12cm
2x? — 27x? + 90x -56=0
Check: x=4
4| 2 27 90 —56
8 ~16 56
2 =19 14 0
PD
19+ 19 -4(2 ee 5c
Reject 0.81 since it is less than one
Reject 8.69 since it makes length and width negative.
Thus, the volume is (15-2x)(12 -2x)(x) =7cmx4cemx4cm=112 cm’ and a square of side
4 cm must be cut.
a aoe A ls
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
102 Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
1. An open top rectangular box is constructed by 2. What length must be cut if the volume of the
cutting a square of length x from each corner box in question | is 150 cm’?
of a 12 cm by 15 cm rectangle, and then
folding up the sides with x =2cm. What
size square must be cut to have a volume
of 162 cm*?
3. A silo is the shape of a cylinder topped by a 4. A right triangle has the hypotenuse 1 cm
hemisphere. The overall height of the silo is longer than one of the sides. Find the length of
12 m. Find the radius if the volume is the sides if the area of the triangle is 6 cm’.
3602 m?.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.5 — Polynomial Applications ¢ 103
7. An open top box is made from a piece of 8. The production of x units produces revenue
cardboard measuring 5 in x 8 in. Cutting out R(x) =100x - x? and costs of
squares from each corner and folding the edges
up makes a box with a volume of 14 in’. How Ci)= 3 — 6x’ +89x +100.
large a square must be cut from each corner?
At what point does the company make a profit?
9. A shed is constructed in the shape of a cube 10. An open box is made from a piece of cardboard
with a triangular prism forming the roof. 9 inches by 15 inches, by cutting equal square
The total height of the shed is 6 m, with a corners and turning up the sides. Find the
volume of 80 m3. Find the length of the sides maximum volume of the box.
of the shed.
11. A box has a square base; the perimeter of the 12. Calculate the maximum volume of the box in
base plus the height is 120 cm. What length of question 11. To achieve this maximum volume,
the base yields a volume of 13 500 cm3? what are the dimensions of the box?
i
a a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
104 # Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
Chapter Review
a) y=(x4+2)(x+1)
b) y=(x+2)(x-1)
ce) y=2(x4+2)(x+1)
d) y=2(x+2)(x-1)
2. Solve x°-7x-6=0.
a ile2.=3
b) 1,-2,3
c) —1,2,-3
d) —1,-2,3
aye 4)
b), 24)
c) P(x-4)
d) P(x+4)
5. From the given graph f(x), determine all values of x such that f(x +2)=0.
a) —3=x=0) x22
b) xs-3,0sxs2 2
ce) -lsxs2, x24
diy) tav=3
c= 6
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.6 — Chapter Review ¢ 105
e e ve
a) 2
b) -l
oy 30
d) 23
a) b) c) d)
y J y »
A
y
y=f(x)
x 538.5 Xx
10. Given the graph y= f(x), how many positive zeros has the function
V=f(cr2)al?
aja
b) 2
¢) 3
d)4
11. Which of the following conditions is true for the 3" degree polynomial function?
a) f(x)<0
when x >-2
b) f(x)<0Owhenx>1
c) )>0
f(xwhen x > -2
d) f(x)>0when
x >1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
106 # Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
12. When P(x) is divided by x-1, the remainder is 3. Which of the following must be true?
A) ae)i=3
b) P(3)=1
oY SCANS
Hi wees oa
a) -4
b) -S5
c) -8
d) —10
16. Which of the following is a real zero of the polynomial function f(x) = x° -2x +3?
a) —2.00
b) —1.89
c) 0.82
d) 3.00
17. Determine the number of real roots of the equation 2x(x - 3)(x? +4)=0.
a) |
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.6 — Chapter Review ¢ 107
18. If the polynomial function f(x) = k(x —1)(x + 2)’ (x —3) passes through the point (2, 5), determine
the value of k.
16
a) ae
3)
b) er
4
Cc) oF
5
d) nia
a) f(x)= (x+2)'(x-I(~-3)
b) f(x)= (x-2)(x+41)(x +3)
c) f(x) =-(x+2)’(x-1)(x-3)
d) f(x)=-(x-2) («+ 1)(x +3)
20. The following graph represents the polynomial function y = ax’ + bx’? +cx’ +dx+e.
>
What conditions must be satisfied by a and e?
a) a<0, e<0
b) a<0, e>0 .
¢) a=0; 2<0
d) a>0O, e>0
a) -—8x-12
b) -8x+6
c) 8x-12
d) 8x+6 y
Gla
d) 7
23. When x°-x’ +kx+5 is divided by x +2, the remainder is 1. Find the value of k.
a) -4
b) -1
Chen
d) 4
“a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
108 # Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
24. If x +3 is a factor of the polynomial P(x), then which of the following must be true?
a) P(-3)=0
Db). PC)=0
c) 72(0)=-3
d) P(0)=3
25. If the polynomial P(x), is divided by x -—5, which of the following represents the remainder?
a) P(-S)
b) P(0)
c) P(5)
d) P(x)+5
26. Given that P(x) and f(x) are polynomial functions such that P(x) =x f(x)+k,
determine k if the graph of P(x) is shown. (0,a)
im7)
Ie
ke
ge
Csi
27. Which graph best represents the function f(x) = —x(x + 4)’(x- 4)?
a) b) c) d)
y y y y
4 < 4 ‘ wa ‘ia iN / 4\ ¥ fi \ [a i
28. If P(x) is a polynomial function where P(-3) =5, then which of the following could not be
a zero of this function?
a) —5
b) -3
cy
d) 5 y
29. The function P(x) is graphed. If f(x) =2P(x), determine the zeros (0,3)
;
Off (x).
By 2, 2.4 y
ee
c) 4,6
(3,-2)
d) -2,3
re
nn 909 OOOO EL
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.6 — Chapter Review # 109
30. Determine all the real zeros of the function P(x) = x(a 4x" = 2)!
a) Ola Al2
b) 0,+2
c) 0,V2,2
d) 0,+V2,+3
31. What is the minimum number of real roots that a polynomial equation can have if its degree is 5?
a) 0
b) 1
cl a:
d) 5
a) q(3)
b) q(-3)
Cc) =F
dy- <F
34. Use the graph of the function y = P(x) to solve the equation P(x-5)+4=0.
a) -4
b) -l
ea Il
d) 4
35. Given the graph of the cubic polynomial function y = f(x), determine
the equation of y= f(x)-3. >
a) y= S(x4 =)
b) ya S(rt2)'(e-1
ec) y=3(x+20x-1)
d) y=3(x+2)(x-1)
a a a ee a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
110 # Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
36. Determine the remainder: (x* + 3x° + 5x? + 21x -13) +(x? +3x-2).
a) |
b) -27
SO me:
d) 30x-19
SHE From the graph of y = f(x), find f(x)=1.
a) 2
by ai
c) —5,-1,5
Decor 3
38. If (x +4) isa factor of x* +2x” -11x-12, then the remaining two factors are
a) (x-3)(x-1)
b) (x-3)(x+1)
ce) (x+3)(x-1)
d) (x+3)(x+1)
i ee OS
6 3 -3
ORS) ES: eee?
a) a=-3, b=-4
b) a=-3, b= 4
Cl d= 3,.)=—4
d) a= 3, b= 4
40. When the polynomial P(x) = kx“? +2x” —4x-6 is divided by x +1, the remainder is 23.
Determine the value of the constant k.
a) 23
b) 27
cy 35
d) 40
41. For what values of x does the graph of y = —(x +1)’(x-1)(x -3) lie above the x-axis?
a) Gh<a<3
b) -l<x<l, x>3
ey weet l<x<3
d) x<-l, -Il<x<l, x>3
ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 2.6 — Chapter Review @ 111
byaedeV2
¢) Sy Dee
PV ee bye)
a) a=-7, b=-6
b) a=-7,b= 6
¢) @= 7, b==6
d) a= 7, b= 6
44, The polynomial P(x) = ax’ +x? -13x+k has y-intercept 6 and x-intercept 2.
Find all other x-intercept(s).
a) - ;Fae)
1
b) - * 3
c) >:-3
d) Be 3
45. Determine the values for a and b in the polynomial function P(x) = x* + 4x° + ax’? + bx -3
given that P(1) = -2.5and P(2) = 46.
a) a=-5, b=-9.5
b) a= >, D=-95
c) a=-5, b= 9.5
d) a= 5, b= 9.5
a) a=-22, b=-4
b) a=-22, b= 4
c) a= 22, b=-4
d) a= 22, b= 4
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
vs
SueuvueseeeevuTvTvTveTTvTwveveTeeTwveeueeeeveTeeTeaTvTwvu
112 # Chapter 2 — Polynomials Pre-Calculus 12
47. A trinomial function P(x) has three real zeros. Two of the zeros of P(x) are | and 2.
If P(5) = 480 and the y-intercept is 10, find the value of the third zero.
a) - 2
5
b) - =
c) >
7
d) a
48. When x° + ax +3 is divided by x +2, the remainder is equal to the square of the remainder when
the same trinomial is divided by x -1. Determine the value of a.
B) Ss
b) 3,-7
©)) 3; 47
eee
49. When the polynomial function P(x) = x* + ax’ + bx —5 is divided by x —2, the remainder is 12 more than
the remainder obtained when P(x) is divided by x+1. If the point (—2, 31) is on the graph of P(x),
determine the value of a and b.
a) g= 4, b=-3
b) a=-4, b= 3
c) a= 3, b=-4
d) a=-3, b= 4
50. A slice 1 cm in width is removed from one side of a cube, then a second slice of the same thickness
is removed from a side adjacent to the first slice (not the opposite side). Find the original volume
of the cube if the remaining volume is 36 cm?.
a) 48cm?
b) 64cm?
ce) 80cm?
d) 96cm?
Radicals
In our transformation chapter, we observed the variations of the graph y= vx . In this chapter, we will
investigate radical notation in a more formal way.
If n=2 is an integer, and a is a real number, the n" root of a is a number which, when raised to the power of 7,
equals a.
eg a) the 3" root of8 is 2 since 2° =8
b) the 3" root of -8 is —2 since (—2)’ =-8
e) the 24 root of —9 does not exist since there is no number x for which x? =—9
eg a) and b) tell us that if is odd, there is only one real number for x for which x" =a.
There is always one solution.
eg c) and d) tell us that if 7 is even and a is positive, there are two numbers for which
Xoo de
eg e) tells us that if 7 is even and a is negative, there is no real number x for which
bos re
Definition of tla
2. If a<0 and nis even, then Va does not exist in the real number system.
Radical Notation
a a 8 a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
114 @ Chapter 3 — Radicals and Rational Equations Pre-Calculus 12
aN en) x= V5 x= {5
=2 = 1.38 = —1,38
» Solution: a) b) c) d)
ay yy, Ma Y
aa a x + > x
1
x ¥ x x
l = Pe
» Solution: y
De a ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.1 — Radicals @ 115
—j}—+-—+- (2-1)
+ (4,1)
——S—SSSa
SS SSS —$$—<$—_ +—_t——_—> x
Graphing radical functions with even and odd root indexes will have different domains and ranges. Recall the
meaning of the domain and range:
The domain is the set of all real values x, except any value that
1. causes division by zero
2. causes a negative number under a radical symbol with an even index
The range is the output value f(x) of the input value x.
b) Domain can be any real number; Range is then any real number.
c) Domain must have x 20; Range is then y>0.
d) Domain can be any real number; Range is then any real number.
From these examples, we see that negative numbers are excluded from the radicand of any even-order radical,
including square roots, fourth roots, etc.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Gt
GG
eeeseeseseeegTegeeeeeeegeeeeeeeeeeeee
ese
seseseseseses
Sse
116 @ Chapter 3 — Radicals and Rational Equations Pre-Calculus 12
& Solution:
a)iyv= vx , Domain: x20,Range: y20 b) y= aly , Domain and Range: all real numbers
Xx y x y y
0 0 =o —2
' ae
1 -4 |V¥-4=-1.6
2 J2=14 -1] -l 2
a) 3 S17 0 0 So
=i 8
4 ©) 6 1
5 V5 ~23 4 | J4=16
6 V6 =24 8
c) y= 4x, Domain: x20,Range: y20
1 ik 1 1
Note: JY y= nlx =x? y ,y=Vx=2x3, = ie = ei x =x> when calculating g values with yy;your calculator.
~ Solution:
a) y=—-Vx—-1-—2, Domain: x>1,Range: y<-2 b) y=—Vx—1-—2, Domain and Range: all real numbers
Y
a a Me et a eee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.1 — Radicals @ 117
The graphs of y= f(x) and y=, f(x) will have different domains and ranges because of the restriction on an
even root function.
Graph a) y=x* and y= Vx? and b) y=x° and y= Ve . State the domain and range.
> Solution: b)
1 &
a x oe /
y y ie Vtg
y a
x x
Domain: y= x7; x is all real numbers Domain: y =x°;x is all real numbers
Note: Graphs of a) are equal at (0, 0), (-1, 1), Note: Graphs of b) are equal at (0, 0) and
and (1, 1). The domain and range of (1, 1). The domain and range of
both graphs are equal because the even y= ve is greater than or equal to
root radical has a value in the radical zero because the value of an even root
that is always positive. radical must be positive, and x° is
negative for a negative value of x.
i 5 ee a ee ae rr
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
118 4 Chapter 3 — Radicals and Rational Equations Pre-Calculus 12
> Solution: ‘ y dy
Slee oo 45
—3 26 56
—2 0 0
Sih eee fe
0 —2 O
ieee fe
2 0 0
5 DES 1.6
Te Rie | Bea G
x t + + + + +
—2 D
eS = ee
y=—x —2 MeN
2
Domain: all real numbers
Range: y 2-2
w22, %S—2
Range: y=0
Note: The domain and range are quite different. This is because the domain x —2 has no
restriction, but inside an even root radical it must be positive. The range of y= >” =
depends on the minimum value, but the even root value of a positive radical must be
positive or zero.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.1 — Radicals @ 119
2. Solve for x.
A) ato b) x =-9
cr =s d) x =-8
ey i ail 2 =—1
g) x e382 oe h) c= =32
a) y=x b) y=vx
c) y=vl-x d) y=-vx-1
i) y=-V-2x-443 Do y=vx'-4
k) y=-V4—x2 ) y=-vx-8
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
120 ¢ Chapter 3 — Radicals and Rational Equations Pre-Calculus 12
a) f()=v-x B y
b) f(x=—Vx
c) f(ayax ial Soa (ie ‘
d) f(=Vi-x
H t D Dy
A
e) fave
f) fi=—vx-1 Ss
f(x)=—-vx-1
a
E y
f(x)=1-4-x
f(x)=1-Vx-1 |
x
f(x)=1-V1-x
f)=vx?-1 G y H
>
f(x)=14 4x
fee
a i >x
f(x)=-1-vi-x
f)=-l+vx41
I yy
A
ante >x
K y
{
>
See
M
yy,
DDD
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.1 — Radicals @ 121
Ay fie2k b) f(x)=V2x
©) f(x)=4-x d) f(x)=V4-x°
Se Sea I ee EE Ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
a n d S oI v ing Radi bs
Graphing
Equations that contain variables in the radicand are called radical equations. Understanding the domain and
range restriction allows one to solve radical equations both algebraically and graphically. The key to solving
radical equations graphically is to make as accurate a graph as possible of where the graph crosses the x-axis
with the help of the domain and range.
Power Theorem
Caution: The equation x= y is not always the same as x” = y”. When using the
power theorem, all solutions must be checked. Solutions that do not
satisfy the original equation are called extraneous solutions; they must
be discarded.
a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.2 — Graphing and Solving Radical Equations ¢ 123
Solve f(x)=V5-x—-2=0
> Solution: (Graphically)
Where the function y= f(x) =0 is a solution of this equation.
Domain: 5—x 20 x y
x6 le
1 0
Range: since 5— x 20 24 1
y2-2
5 tye V5-—x-2=0
|| q 2-2=0
5-x=4
0=0 accept
x=
Solution is x=1.
Solve g(x)=Vx+6-x=0
» Solution: (Graphically)
Domain: x + 6 20 x y
x2-6 —6 6
—2 4
3 0
Range: difficult to
calculate y < 6.25
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
124 # Chapter 3 — Radicals and Rational Equations Pre-Calculus 12
» Solution: (Algebraically)
Solution is x =3.
Solve f(x)=vV4x+1-2=0
® Solution: (Graphically)
x y
ee io?
0 ze TOL aod
1 10.236 ai Approximate: closer to | than 0
) 1 since 0.236 is closer to zero than —1.
6 3 x =0.7
Note: Graphic solution is not as accurate as algebraic when solution is not an integer.
» Solution: (Algebraically)
V4x+1=2 V4x+1-2=0
/ Aas nb s
( 4x+1) =2 Alea de 0
4x+1=4 eh
0=0 accept
Bl]
w
3
olu
Solution ji
is x =—.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.2 — Graphing and Solving Radical Equations 4 125
Solve f(x)=vVx+1—x+2=0
» Solution: (Graphically)
x y
=] 3
0 5
3 1
4 0.236 .
5 5 i zero 4 <x <5, closer to 4 than 5 since 0.236
poe is closer to zero than — 0.550
eee ee
» Solution: (Algebraically)
Vx+1l—-x+2=0
Vx+tl=x-2
2
/ 2 2
( or i}=(%-2) Check solution:
xtl=x? -—4x+4 Ae ee 0
2 ss
ESET V0.697+1—0.697+2=0
ae (5)? - 403) 2.606 #0 reject
i > /430341—4,30842=0
5+
= ee = 0.697, 4.303 0=0 accept
Ne oa a A
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
BPSEVRSVEVEVESEYUSRVEUVUSEEVPSOSESOSSVeese
126 Chapter 3 — Radicals and Rational Equations Pre-Calculus 12
c) The reason why we check the solution of radical equations is that when we raise both sides to the
n'h power it introduces roots.
a) f(x)=v2x-4 b) f(x)
= 4x +2
c) f(x)Hvax-3-5 d) f@qs2. 14
f(x)=V2x +4 f) T(x)=vV4-x-2
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.2 — Graphing and Solving Radical Equations @ 127
a) f(x)=v13-x-x+1 b) f(x)=V2x-3+x-3
e) SOyHNa ss f) f(x)=vVxt+5-x+4+1
5. Determine between which consecutive integers the zeros of the radical functions occur; answer in form
Ax< Oe
a) f(x)=Vxt+5—x b) f(x)=V2x4+14+2
% y x y
He y x y
e) f(x)=v4—-x-x f) f(x)=Vl0—x-x-1
| q|
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
6. Solve the radical equations A) algebraically and B) graphically.
a) f(x)=V2x-3-3=0
b) f(x)=Vxt+441=0
c) f(x)=V1-2x+3=0
d) f(x)=x+8-~V4-3x
=0
Ce) J(=VN
eel —xX—1=0
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.3 — Rational Functions ¢ 129
A rational expression is the ratio of two polynomials. We use rational expressions to define rational functions.
A rational function is defined as follows:
Lesa 28 : ‘ : ;
a) i This is a rational expression. Just a ratio of two polynomials.
+2 4s :
b) y= Z This is a rational function. ee ae ec ond ;
ae, denominator are polynomials.
Bee /
d) y= This is nota rational function, 7Ӣ denominator Vx +3 is not
Vix 3 a polynomial.
Asymptotes
A line is an asymptote for a curve if the distance between the line and the curve approaches zero as we move
farther and farther along the line.
Definition of an Asymptote
An asymptote of a graph is a vertical or horizontal line that a part of the graph gets very
close to (but never reaches).
Graph of f(x)= 4
ie
ii)
({}|14j{ Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
SBSVEVESEVEVVUVEESETTVVUVTFETISTSSOSSTeSee
130 ¢ Chapter 3 — Radicals and Rational Equations Pre-Calculus 12
Since the denominator of a rational function cannot be zero, it is the zeros of the denominator which restrict the
domain. Vertical asymptotes can be determined by setting the denominator equal to zero and excluding those
values from the domain of the rational function. We define a vertical asymptote as follows:
Ifc is a zero of h(x), then the line x =c isa vertical asymptote of the graph of f(x).
We can examine the end behaviour as |x |becomes very large; as x 4 o or as x 4 —o0o. This end behaviour
is a horizontal asymptote. The following gives the necessary conditions for a rational function to have a
horizontal asymptote:
g(x) E Gate tO
Consider the rational function f(x)= with a, #0, b #0
A(x) bx" +--+bxtDd,
1. If m<n, the line y=0 (the x axis) is a horizontal asymptote.
a
2. If m=n, the line y=— (ratio of leading coefficients) is a horizontal asymptote.
n
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.3 — Rational Functions ¢ 131
& Solution: pW Ne = = , divide each term by the highest power of the denominator.
Xe —
Ds
1: 2, 2 2 1
—— 2 | 2 Note: —=0
3x —-1
6
— 1
x
cae co
Pos 03 co
b) g(x)= sees , divide each term by the highest power of the denominator.
x =4x+3
eh ee Bay wy
uy Jo
2
x2 BH 2
OWS PG Vee, Z 0-0
= eles
Kin eeANehe D 4 3 4 33% 41=O0-40)4 11
3 yt Sase e AE
XX
Creco ars
eo
Xx xX
a infinte number — 3+ 0
= infinite number
1+0
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
x-intercept(s) and y-intercept(s) of Rational Functions
x? -7x+12 x] x -9 1 1
= = ——— d k = ——_ ———_ +2
=
x -4 ee xi +x aay x -x-2 ) ae el
ae
7_7x+12 0? —7(0)+12 — 3)
y-intercept is (0,
> Solution: a) f ie SS : Deux — 0; Oa
x -4 0° —4
?—7x+12
Let f(x) =0, ——-—=0
cat
x? —7x+12=0
(x —3)(x-4)=0
x = 3,4, x-intercepts are (3, 0), (4, 0)
x*-1 0*-1
b) g(x%)=G ; Let x=0, = = undefined, no y-intercept
Yo ex 0° +0
x +x
x? —-1=0
(x—1)(x+1)(x? +1) =0
x =1,-1, x-intercepts are (—1, 0), (1, 0)
x’ -9 0-9 9. Tite)
c) terra ; Let x =0, Hj AO is 05
x9
Roun) = 0. 1)
©) x =x-2
x°-9=0
(x—3)\(x+3)=0
x = —3, 3, x-intercepts are (—3, 0), (3, 0)
1 1
d) bCOmampmapayt LCM: (x-—Divet+l)
2(0’)-4 ; ;
@-nor —-
Let x =0, ————— --int
= 4, yy-intercept (0,4 4)
tis is (0,
Hee) 0aee
Ce
(x-1)(« +1)
2x*-4=0
xD
x = +2, x-intercepts are nD 9); a2 ,0)
a IS a ay
aaa aaa
See
publisher.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.3 — Rational Functions ¢ 133
Bee
At first glance, f(x) = ae appears to have vertical asymptotes at
x +x
x°+x-2=0
(x-1)(x+2)=0
FH 1.32
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
3.3 Exercise Set
To determine the excluded values of the domain of a rational function, we find the values for which the
is equal to
The graph of a rational function f(x)= =, will have a vertical asymptote of and a
3,0; _
horizontal asymptote of
2. Find the domain, the x- and y-intercepts, and any holes for each rational function.
3x-9 x+6)(x+3
a) 4x+12 (x -2)
see
e) =< f) ue —3x7 +12
x +4 x =9
+ =x +9
g) <i lett hee
(+4) 0 ER
2+x , x’ —3x-4
i») =
ar 2
x +4 4+3x—x?
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.3 — Rational Functions ¢ 135
1
3. The graph of each function is a variation of the graph f(x)=—.mas In each case, find the horizontal and
%
vertical asymptotes and the x- and y-intercepts.
a) g(x)=-— Xx
b) h(x)=-—=3 x
1 I
¢) 7(%)=1+— Dimi ila 2——
35 Xx
1 1
&)) (kOe a4 f) Y@j=-1-—
X =,
l 2
g) nS) a h) MOST e iy
i) P Goes
yt j
j q (x)=-
Ee (x+1) +1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
136 @ Chapter 3 — Radicals and Rational Equations Pre-Calculus 12
4. What are the vertical and horizontal asymptotes, and any holes in the graph, of the following
rational functions?
1 5%
a) f(x)=— b) Ug a
56
c ) fe) a
yoIx + 12
d) 20)Y= ais
x
x
e) A(x)= koe
) &) x? +1 (@) RO
x +3xr—-1 26 AS
8) p(x)= js : h) m(x) = ————_
\ aden a 8
: x°-4 9-—6x
i = ) (os =
By Orn A () Ay =O
l6x—x7 3
k = I) S (x)
(oe) 1 as
Re? nn AX
SS ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.4 — Graphing Rational Functions # 137
c) f(x) x >-- (use large negative numeral); x — © (use large positive numeral)
x— 1° (left side of 1 but very close); x— 1" (right side of 1 but very close)
d) Find the x- and y-intercepts, if possible, and e) Sketch the graph.
3 [a [ie [aoe Ta [0
ao) [a0 [a0 [comeFoes[1 [2
b)
c) As x—-oco, f(x) 0° Gust less than zero); x > 0, f(x) 0° (just more than zero)
x1, f(x) —© (just less than one); x— 0, f(x) 1° (just more than one)
: Pe
d) x-intercept f(x)= aaa let. r= 0, = =0 is undefined; no x-intercept.
x- x-
| 2
y-intercept f(x) = Seat let x=0, f(0)= it == ).(0.=2))
3.5 —_—
0-1
e) Draw asymptotes, plot points and ay
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
138 @ Chapter 3 — Radicals and Rational Equations Pre-Calculus 12
Let f(x)= ne ae
2 —_—
2+x-x
a) Determine the vertical and horizontal asymptotes.
b) Fill in the table.
P4+x-2
©) of.Ca x-intercept let f(x) =0
2+x-—X
2
Lie eee ae aT
Dis
0Bans
(x+2)(x-1)=0
x=-2,1 (-2,0),(1,0)
Rie
f(x) 24+x-x
, y-intercept let
x =0 1O—0)= PROD
ad =—=f (07-1
Note: The graph crossed the horizontal asymptote of (0, —1). Horizontal asymptotes are
accurate when x is very large, away from the origin, not close to the origin.
LL
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.4 — Graphing Rational Functions # 139
Find the vertical and horizontal asymptotes of the following, then graph the equation.
1
a) SO aes
x=1
DX
b) 23) ==
x-1
Plot points:
Oe
c) h(x)=
ees
One
LUISE ee ee Ae ee ee =)
x? +1 ne 1++ 14+-+- 140
Plot points:
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
2
d =——
pune) y =x 2
» Solution:
olution: k( 63an
ae ey
|x fo [-o9[-11f
19|21[10/10 |
rer Erfe9[63[-esfss[aefo
2
—4
Graph the following rational function: f(x)= es
x“ -x-
x -4 (x-—2)(x+2) x+2
Solution: 2
sf ES x —x—-2 (x-2)xt+l1) x41
ag 2 Led & 4
Hole: x)= ; 2)=——=—, | 2) —
le Oe aS 3 [;
ee
x-intercept:
ne .
f(x)
x=
ae =/(0)
ea 20)
x =-2,'(-2,0)
: ; x= eee)
y-intercept: f(x) ee
O82
TNO races (0, 2)
fx) |-9 | 11 iy 1*
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.4 — Graphing Rational Functions @ 141
Recall a zero, root, and solution of an equation is where the graph crosses the x-axis. In example 1 of this
section, we did not have an x-intercept, thus the solution over the real numbers was the empty set. In example 2
of this section, the x-intercept was (1, 0) and (—2 0), thus the solution of this rational equation was x =1,-2.
Thus, to find a solution to a rational equation, we set the equation equal to zero, and solve for x.
Find the solution to the following rational equations by graphing the function.
9) 1 1
av Glaea b
ee
a
ard oe)
b) Cs es LCM: (x—D(«+1)
x+1l x-Il
_(x-D=-(*F+D+2x4+D)-1) 2x? -4
i (x+1(e=1) ~ (a Dart) i}
4
x=-V2,V2 1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
142 ¢ Chapter 3 — Radicals and Rational Equations Pre-Calculus 12
1. For the graph of the following functions, find the domain, the vertical and horizontal asymptotes (if any),
and approximate the x- and y-intercepts (if any).
2x+4 a
a) y= ay b) Va 2 Ly
a
\ heed
YO
Set
i)
4
‘
Je,
a, x2=9
ee
a
y
1
Lobes
'
at
7
+!
ea
ceeh
se
ea ota ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.4 — Graphing Rational Functions ¢ 143
3. For each function, fill in the given table and answer the following:
¢ What do you observe about the value of f(x) as x approaches the vertical asymptote from the right?
From the left?
¢ What happens to the value of f(x) as x gets very large and positive? Very large and negative?
a f=
(ei | 0.9
i | ee
Pe Pe || | or
x
el 10 | 100 | 1000 | -10 | -100 |-1000
fe) |
XxX 1.5 25 LS 21 99 a Od
c) f@=—
x 10 | 100 | 1000 | -10 | -100 |-1000
f(x)
ee Lene 3
ay f@)=—, AGS aa eras
Oi Ge 3 OSE
e
ara
a = x +8
e) Shae,
=a De =a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
5. Match the rational function with its graph. Do not use a graphing calculator.
y
a) f()=——1
x-1
ehante A 6
¥ t
b) f(x)=— Reis
x-1 1} ft tr
) f%)=—
iceeal
RAS |
é f@=5
mig?
Pare. C
ieaA D y
2) fa=>x -] ares |4
f) f(x)= = Pama \o yee a zx
x -1 :
—3
) fG)=—— ec
bh) f=x +1
hee F
)' fM=sz
We:
b3
; i Sp nate ae + + + +
) ea oe pe
I y J Ag
4 ea
aia oe EG oe
26
=6
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.4 — Graphing Rational Functions @ 145
6. Sketch by hand the graph of the rational function. State the domain of the function, identify all intercepts,
vem EEE EE
identify any vertical or horizontal asymptotes and holes. Plot additional solution points as needed.
XX Xx
i) _x+2 x aes
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Chapter Review
1. Which one of the following graphs does not have a vertical asymptote?
1
a) f(x)=
aeal
b) f@)==—1
Oe xX
a) f=23
2. Which one of the following graphs does not have a horizontal asymptote?
a) fx)=
=>
b) f®)=4"
) f=
d) SEO ie a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.5 — Chapter Review @ 147
a) ee
a
b) ree
a
Cc) Bue!
a a
d) all real numbers
a) 1 zero
b) 2 zeros
c) 3 zeros
d) 4 zeros
a) undefined
b) -3x
C) 1k
d) +3x
7. Simplify V—8x°
a) undefined
b) -—2x
Cele
d) 22x
8. Which of the following is not defined over the real number system?
A) c=
b) x =-7
ox. = 7
d) x°=-7
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
148 4 Chapter 3 — Radicals and Rational Equations Pre-Calculus 12
a) ys-2
by) as
€) vs 2
d) ys 3
ar. x20
Db), YS aa, 424
CC)Se So
d) all real numbers
><
13. Which of the following could be the graph below if a,b>0?
a) y=—-Va-x-b
b) y= vx-a-b
ce) y= Va-x-b
d) y=-vx-a-b
sg a A at A a ALTA A NA nn hl
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.5 — Chapter Review @ 149
15. Which ofthe following rational functions has a hole in the graph of the function
f?
a) f=x’? -4
Dis Diane
b) fits
x +x-6
x? 4+3x-4
‘ace
d) f(x)=— aiates
x -x-6
16. Determine the value of f(x) when x > —-co if f(x)= mite, :
2x +3
a —
2,
) 3
b
2
=
3
eC) ley
a), lesa
17. Let f be arational function given by f(x)= = . The graph has a horizontal asymptote of y=0 when
x
a) n=m
b) n<0O
c) n>m
d) n<m
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
18. The line y=b isa horizontal asymptote of the graph of f(x) if
20. Which of the following rational functions describes a graph that is symmetric about the y-axis, has a
horizontal asymptote of y=0, and a vertical asymptote of x =0, with no x- or y-intercepts?
Naat ees
) f= xX
d) f@=+ x
21. Which of the following rational functions describes a graph that has a horizontal asymptote y=—2 anda
vertical asymptote x =1 with the y-intercept (0, 0)?
a) fe)
b) f@)=—5
3) f=
a f=
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.5 — Chapter Review @ 151
Questions 22 to 25
A function is in the form y=a,/b(x—h)+k witha, b, h, k, constants. What stipulations will produce the
following graphs?
25, a) a<0,b<0,
he0) a0
b)) a<0/5<0,
h< 05k 50 tad
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
26. Let f be a rational function given by /(x)= gi) . The graph has a vertical asymptote at the zero of
h(x)
a) g(x)
b) h(x)
3) g(x)
h(x)
d) h(x)
g(x)
27. An open top box with a square base has a volume of 30 ft3. The total surface area of the box is
a) S:Agex° = oY
b) SA.=x?+—
x
28. Rent-a-Wreck charges $25 per day plus 20 cents per km to rent a car. What is the average cost
per x km, C(x)?
a) C(x) = 25+0.20x
b) C(x)=25+ woe
x
Cc) Cin) = 255-020
Gye +020
Xx
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 3.5 — Chapter Review @ 153
Questions 29 and 30
axa bh
A function in the form f(x) = 7 with a, b, c, d constant and c and d not zero.
cx+
b b
a) horizontal: y=—, vertical: x=—=—
d a
: b
b) horizontal: y= 7 vertical: x=——
a
¢) horizontal: y=—, vertical: x=——
c a
a
d) horizontal: y=—, vertical: x=-——
Cc c
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
154 4 Pre-Calculus 12
Probably the main overall rule to keep upper most in your mind when working with logarithms is
as follows: Do not make up your own rules!
Wrong Right
l
5. log, x=logx—log y 5) log, x=—
: log, y
log x logx
6. =logx—logy 6. = 109" x
logy log y :
Oe x ry
7. log—=
g5 5 7. log—=1
og 5 0g x —log2
— log
logl0
ea?10 oflog 10
= log2 g, logl
eis 102143
logs, 5 ) log5
log, 5 log, 5
9. rm = log, 9. ae cannot be simplified
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.1 — Exponents @ 155
Exponents
Logarithms is the study of exponents. Therefore, we must review our exponent properties as our first step in
understanding logarithms.
Exponential Function Properties where a and b are positive real numbers and exponents
x and y are any real numbers.
To gain a better understanding of exponents, we will look at the graph of y=", the exponential function.
The base can be any value greater than zero except 1. Therefore, we must look at 0<b<1 and b>1. We
define the exponential function and its graph as follows:
Exponential Function
The equation /(x)=b*, b>0, b#1 is called an exponential function with base 5,
and x any real value.
Exponential Graphs
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Peteithenest slices
Basic Properties of Exponential Graphs
Before stating the basic properties of the exponential function graph y= a’, let us define a horizontal asymptote:
The line y=b isa horizontal asymptote for the graph f(x)=a" if f(x)— b (read
f(x) approaches b) as x >* © or x > oe. In other words, it is a horizontal line which
y approaches as x gets very large or very small.
The basic properties of the graph f(x)= 5" can be stated as follows:
aT
Basic Properties of the graph /(x)=b', b>0, b#1
1. All graphs go through the point (0, 1), and the graph has no x-intercept.
a) f(x)=|5| -1 1 ‘
Db) e@j== a x]
Solution: awe
rea
(x)= 3) —l1— f(x)=2™~-1
d This graph is a decreasing function, with the
horizontal asymptote shifted down one unit. Asymptote is f(x)=-—1, with graph going
through the origin.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.1 — Exponents ¢ 157
Exponential function applications are found in all aspects of life, such as radioactive decay, bacteria growth,
spread of epidemics, and compound interest. Such functions are found in variations of the function
(x)= A(a’) where A is aconstant. The compound interest formula shows such a variation.
= P(1+2|
n
{f{ /{
Where A = final amount
P =principle, or initial amount
r=rate of yearly interest
n =number of times yearly interest is compounded in a year
t =time in years
Find the interest earned if $6500 is deposited in an account paying 6% compounded monthly
for five years.
nt
What initial investment is needed to become a millionaire in 25 years if you receive interest
at 12 % compounded quarterly?
nt
Os 1.000 000
2
1:000:000:=P| 1+ -—— Cpe 5) 3) 84
4 1.03"
If $52 032.84 is invested at 12 % for 25 years, the yield is $1000 000.
4x10 1x10
0.06
= $18 355.50
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
158 @ Chapter 4 — Logarithms Pre-Calculus 12
The half-life of plutonium-239 is about 25 000 years. How much of a given sample will
remain after 2000 years ?
, 25000
A= A(x)? > A= (3) > 4=0.946 or 94.6%
The number of fruit flies increases by 25% every 3 days. If the population was 2000 fruit flies
after 25 days, how many were there initially?
& Solution:
a 2 2000
A= A,(x)’ > 2000= A,(1.25)3 > A, = DS
= 311 fruit flies
25
Summary
* An exponential function is in the form f(x) =ab*, where b>1 or 0<b<1,b#1 anda, b, and x are
real numbers.
* The function is one-to-one; y-intercept is (0, 1); domain is all real numbers; range 0 < y < co; asymptote
is the x-axis: y=0.
* The graph y=b*", shift graph horizontally right if >0 and horizontally left if h<0.
* The graph y=b* +k, shift graph vertically upward if k >0 and vertically downward if k <0.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.1 — Exponents @ 159
1. Simplify
a) 9 b)
c) seu Diniaee d)
O38 4x03”
2
2x-3
x = 25
I
S
2 2*(2*+2-*)—2*(2*-2")
e) (4° 8°) f) oe
q]{{ ( j
2. Solve for x
oy) x
a) 4y* =] b) SO 3e
a oe d) 47 |x+l | = wa
16
e) Ae = Be f)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
e
ONG ye
ROMEO PUSS CUIIS a
3. If y=ab* is defined by the graph below, what is the shape of:
a) y=-ab* b) y=ab”*
4. Explain how the graphs of the equations below can be obtained from the graph of y=3*. Then graph the
equation, specifying the domain, range, intercept(s), and asymptote.
a) a es
y
a7 x
yA
2
SSR **
¢) p= Se y
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.1 — Exponents ¢ 161
b) y = 2a
y=0 a
(0,-1)
(-1,4)
c) yHor el
C y
(-1,4)
6. Find the base in the exponential function y = b” that contains the given point.
7. Find the exponential function in the form 8. Sketch the graph of y=2* and y=3* on the
Va 2** that passes through (0 , 4) and same coordinate plane:
(2 50)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
162 # Chapter 4 — Logarithms Pre-Calculus 12
9. Solve:
a) In 1933, an earthquake in Japan measured b) Ifan earthquake in San Francisco had
8.9 on the Richter scale. How many times an amplitude 1000 times larger than an
more powerful was this earthquake compared earthquake that measured 4.9 on the Richter
to one in the northwest measuring 6.4 on the scale, what would the San Francisco
Richter scale? (The Richter scale is a power earthquake measure?
of 10 scale.)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.1 — Exponents @ 163
One of the main concepts learned in the transformation chapter was the inverse function. The following are the
major points of an inverse:
1. y=6* is one-to-one.
This inverse function is called the logarithmic function with base b. We thus define a logarithmic function
as follows:
SEE
eee
Definition of a Logarithmic Function
The log to the base b of x is the exponent that b must be raised to obtain x.
It is the inverse of the exponential function with base b.
exponent
base
Note: f(x) =log,, x can be written as just f(x) =logx; the 10 is assumed.
a) log, 2 = 5
1 b)
1
log, = =-—3
. 1 b) 1 ke
log, ae
> Solution: a) log,2= 5
=1 1
2=4
— 2 .
—_—- = oe
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
SSS
re
a
a
ae
ee
ee
ee
ee,
ees
eee
a
=
ee
TT—
Pre-Calculus 12
164 @ Chapter 4 — Logarithms
to logarithmic form:
Change the following from exponential form
a) 3° =81 bye
9)
=-1
a)
4
B= 8h b) 32out7
Solution:
log, 81=4 \
log, ~=-2
9
a) log, 8 b) log, 9
—<—$<$<$ —_
x#2
Therefore, x >1,x#2.
Logarithmic Graphs
—
1. All graphs go through the point (1, 0) and the graph has no y-intercept
2. The y-axis is a vertical asymptote with equation x =0
(b , 1) y=log, x, b>1
|f'@)=log,x y= SQ)
Note: The graphs of y= b* and y=\log,.x are the inverses of each other. This means that if you draw the line y =x
and reflect either graph over this line, the graphs will match up.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
te
Ae.
A...
i
|
ml
i
Pre-Calculus 12
166 # Chapter 4 — Logarithms
a
nae Oe S
If the point (2, 5) is on the graph of y=", what point is in the graph of y=log, x?
Since y=b* and y=log, x are inverses of each other, y=log, x must have point (5, 2)
Let y= f(x)
Va te thus the inverse is x = 2” +3
Inverse: x =2”'+3
eae ie addition
y=log,(x—3)+1 addition
Inverse: x = log.(y+1)—3
x+3=log.(y+1) addition
Note: The inverse of an exponential equation is a logarithmic equation, and the inverse of a
logarithmic equation is an exponential equation.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.1 — Exponents # 167
a) log,16=2 b) log,81=4
c) lo Ba W d) lo jue —2
orc es oe = 100
e) log,,8= 3 f) =
log,8=1
g) log1l=0 h) logl000=3
2 1 5
i)
i) log.log, 4=—3 oie teeee )j) log,-=-—=
log, a
a) f(x)=log,8 b) f(x)=log, 16
c) f(x)=log,2 d) f(x)=log,,4
e) f@)=leg71 f) f(x)=log,7
g) f(x)=log,a h) f(x)=log a’
i) f(x)=log,b* )) f(x)=log,0
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
168 ¢ Chapter 4 — Logarithms Pre-Calculus 12
q) log , 16=x
r) log ; 9=x
a) f(x)=log,(x—I) b) f(x)=—log,
x+3
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.1 — Exponents @ 169
6. Match the logarithmic function on the left with the graph on the right.
A
a) f(*) = 10g; 5) 4, ees
b) f®)-lbe 0.) a=
>X
c) f(x)=log,x+2
d) f(x)=—log,x ealatbaley 9
2) (0) =.
) JQ --b 6
(1,0) x
(G,-1)
y—()
a), Y=—log,a
» y
(1,0)
—— SS
a = (8!
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
EE
Weegee
8. If point (a, db) is on the graph of y =5*, what 9. Ifa point on the graph of y=log, x is (1, 0),
point satisfies y=log.x ? what point must be on the graph of
y=—log,x?
10. If(c, d) is a point on the graph of y=log, a, 11. Without using a calculator, between what two
what point must be on the graph of y=log, a ? integers will we find
a) log1253
b) log0.025
a) y=8"? b) f(x)=5"'+6
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.3 — Properties of Logarithms # 171
_ Properties of Logarithms
We know that log, 1=0 and log, b=1, since the exponential forms of these logarithmic values are b° =1 and
b'=b. Let us now derive other important properties.
Try to follow the reasoning in the derivation of these logarithmic rules. They will give you a better
understanding of how logarithms work, and the relationship between exponential form and logarithm form.
Product Rule
AB bp Spe multiply
log, AB=x+y exponential form to logarithmic form
Simplify log4+log6.
Quotient Rule
Aa
== —=b division
By.
A : eee
log, 1.=x-y exponential form to logarithmic form
A. ae
log, a log, A—log, B substitution
Simplify log12—log4.
12
> Solution: log12-log4= ou #2= log3
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
172 #@ Chapter
A/v2 4 — Logarithms
Chapter4—Logarit hms
Pre-Calculus 12
Power Rule
A= D - multiply exponents by n
Lea
log. a a.
division
log. 5
log, a=——
log. a fai
substitution
log. 5
Note: Most calculators have a “log” function, which means log,,; they cannot calculate logs of other bases.
om
ooo
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.3 — Properties of Logarithms ¢ 173
a) log45
» Solution: a) log45=log(9-5)
= log9+log5 rule 3
= log3°
+ log5 exponent rule
= 2log3+ log5 rule 5
rule 2
= 4 log,5 subtraction
rule 2
exponent rule
exponent rule
rule 6
exponent rule
rule 5
simplify
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
174 ¢ Chapter 4 — Logarithms Pre-Calculus 12
We can use our knowledge of algebra to expand and condense logarithmic expressions.
Nees)
a) log, 3x*y’ b) log
3
3 3x4 4 os
> Solution: a) log, —- =log, 3+ log, x* —log, y rules 3 and 4
¥
= log, 3+4 log, x—2log, y rule5
gs 5 = Igg
3 i
22-5)oe
b) log
3
4
= log(2x
—5)? —log3 rule 4
i
a) 3 logs + 2log(x— 1) b) 2log,(x+4)-—log,x ce) log5+2logx—3log(x?
+5)
= log
(x?aad
+5) (esle 4
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.3 — Properties of Logarithms ¢ 175
Change of Base
Your calculator has two types of log keys, one for common logarithms with base 10 labelled “LOG” and natural
logarithms with base e labelled “LN.”
Logarithmic Functions
There is no direct way of entering a logarithmic function with a different base, e.g. log, 7. Therefore, when the
base is other than base 10 or base e, we use Rule 6 (the change of base property) to evaluate the expression.
a) log,
18 b) log,,7 c) log, 532
_ log,,18 log18
~ Solution: a) log.18 rule 6
Xasloe: log,,2 log2
125527 (This step is not necessary when
~ 0.30103 use a calculator using a calculator.)
= 4.170 simplify
log,, 7
b) log, 7= 25 (ore rule 6
log,,12 logl2
0.84510
- use a calculator
1.07918
= 0.783 simplify
c) By common logarithms
log,,232 _ log532
log, 532 =
log,, 6 log6
Wesco
~ 0.77815
= 3,503
By natural logarithms
log 532
log, 532= ital in a a2
log, 6 In6
_ 6.27664
AF917G
= 3.503
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
he
|
Oe
ee,
ee
lL
L2,lhlUhLk,l
ee,
ee
hL—e,lUL,
el
EF,
Le,
OL,
ee,
ee
a
i,
176 ¢ Chapter 4 — Logarithms Pre-Calculus 12
There are other rules of logarithms that can be used. These are quite easy to prove. They are helpful in
simple logarithmic expressions but not absolutely needed. All problems with logarithms can be done with
just Rules | to 6.
log, x log, x a
10. gay Saas a. 12. log, x=log, yy
a Peay Veh y if and only ifx=y
simplify 3 1
implify:
ee Tog, 10 log, 10
;
be Solution: log, 10
Guat
log,
a:His S10 2+ logS10 .5
10
rule8
= log, 10 multiply
= rule 2
l 12]
» Solution: 6log, x-12log,, x= SHOE ag) 1Ce
7 rule 6
logo log 27
61 121
= — = —- law of exponents
log3 log3
61 121
ee Ede CE rule5
2log3 3log3
=3log, x—4 log, x rule6
=—_L log, x subtraction
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.3 — Properties of Logarithms # 177
a) log6 b) logl2
c) log72 d) log3200
2. Find the exact value of the following logarithmic expressions without the use of a calculator:
1
a) ) log,
log,81 b)) log, 39
log,—
log,. 81
g) (log, 8)(log,, 232 32)
log Sloe Pane
) ‘Jog, 125y
i) log,
2+log, 32 j) log, 16—2log, 2
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
te
i
_
_
i
ee
ee
i
ae
t
l
t
=
inniteta
Gau@abems gerithinst
3. Use the properties of logarithms to expand the following logarithmic expressions:
3
lo
x
a) logl00x*y
Ds.
b) g 1000”
c) log(x’+y°)* d) log*(x’?+y’)
25 Ded
’ se 3 " 3
2
c) log Vx + log x? d) log(x* -1)—log(x
+1)— log x
log(3x° ao)
-5x—2)—log(x" =A\=
2 2
e) —4)—log(3x +1) f) log,(2x—3)—
log,(2x? —x— 3)+log, 3(x +1)
i)
°
gL
1
lost« 2 — 4) —log(x-2) |-logx j)° log(x? Zz — 4)—[log(x—2)+
log(x +2) |
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.3 — Properties of Logarithms ¢ 179
5. Simplify:
x08: 20-log,4
a) log, x 8x4 b)
log x + log x°
c) (log, 10)(log 48— log 3) d)
log x° — logx°
—2log,3
e)
10log, x-12log, x
3B
g) h) logz+lo 21, ae —
ae 10
log,x log,x
i) log(1— x’) —log(1+ x + x”)—log(1— x)
log ic. log. x
1 1
k) log, x
+
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
i
a
a
A
A
etic
180 ¢ Chapter 4 — Logarithms Pre-Calculus 12
The two most important rules for solving exponential or logarithmic equations are:
Remember that in log, x, x >0and a>0,a#1. So you must always check solutions for extraneous roots.
You must also be able to change equations from logarithmic to exponential form, and from exponential form to
logarithmic form.
Solve by logarithms:
8 D3 =i
& Solution: a) OF = 8 b) Be it
Solve: log(x+3)+logx=1
Solution: log(x+3)+logx =1
lopxGer3)i=1 product property
x(x +3)=10' change to exponential form
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.4 — Exponential and Logarithmic Equations # 181
x+6=x(x+2) loga=logbthena=b
log, 2 a simplify
x(x-]l) ~ ;
xO 3 change from log form to exponential form
x——).3 solve
Check x #-—2 since logx >0. Therefore, solution is x =3
log 100
ee =logx change of base property
m
log 100x = (log x)’ multiply
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
a
lll
TSE
i
ee_rlee
Tee
GSS
EE
OTL
TU
NN
Lee
ee
ee
ee
182 Chapter 4 — Logarithms Pre-Calculus 12
Re 9h = 6"
> Solution:
r= log4—log3 solve
log 2—log6
4 4
Orx= ens pve simplified solutions
- log; —log3
ee
A = BAO: multiply
A=VB-10° radical
1
=Ja+ 3 b substitution
000
a
a) log.(2x—1)+log.(x—2)=1 b) log,(2—2x)+log,(I-x)=5
g) log,.(x—1)+log,.(x
+3) =log, V7 h) 2log(4—x)—log3 = log(10—x)
i) 2log,(x+2)—log,(3x-2)=2 j) 2log,x+log,(x—2)—log,
2x=1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
OOS
SS
RMN
Re
LT
RN
SO‘
OESESelllet—“‘i‘“C
SOO
ll
SOS
—
TMS
I
TN
TM
TN
NU
SNS
Lee
eee
Te
eT
——
Pre-Calculus 12
184 Chapter 4 — Logarithms
Dou.
c) If log3=a and log25=b, determine an d) If a=log2 andb = log 3, what is Oe in
f) If log2=a and log3=b, what is log,12 ) If log AB=8 and log B=— 4, then what
in terms of a and b? value does A equal?
h) If log3=x,logS=y, and log 7=z, find i) If log,3=a and log,5=), find log5 in
log, 12.6 in terms of x,y, and z. terms of a and 5.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.4 — Exponential and Logarithmic Equations ¢ 185
3. Solve:
a) a = at b) Ge = Va
c) Bea = 9 ‘ 10* d) qo =) hs Rs
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
RDS
TC
TSS
Ie
ES
ee
ELT
ON
NO
Oe
Le
LT
er
Lee
Le
Tee
Lee
Lee
Lee
OT
TT
CT
Pre-Calculus 12
186 @ Chapter 4 — Logarithms
5. Solve for x.
Z
©) log, (log, (log, x)) =1 d) logx= 5 log 27 + 2log2—log3
1
e) logx= log2 + 3log — y—log2z f) NOE Nee
Z 213
a ab
A) ox = ; b) x=—
b-e? (Q 2
3 2 mE
a -b> ab}
Cy. = ; d) x=
2 eae
ite; Cag
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.4 — Exponential and Logarithmic Equations # 187
7. Solve for x.
a) Di All b) S2
Pi
->-—
1
3log—>2log—
i
4 4 oi Peo)
—1 | > log] —I
3 2
lo 85
ete 87
s log]
et o{5|
2
1 1 2
log—> log} —
1 1
log—>2log—
85 85
[Soy
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
eee
NEES
ee
SE
TT
TUE
OO
OE
OTD
TL
Te
OT
NF
FTF
LTT
Tee
eel.
eee
Ne
ee
ee
Ne
ee
ee
188 ¢ Chapter 4 —aeLogarithms
ees COLI e Masieety i ee eitome Pre-Calculus 12
Applications of Exponen i
When Albert Einstein was asked what was the most important formula he had encountered, his answer was the
compound interest formula. Most of our lives revolve around this most important concept.
* Ifthe deposit earns compound interest, then the interest earned the second year is based on the deposit
at the end of the first year.
A, =P(1+r)+P(+r)r= P(t+r)\(1+r)
= P(l+r)
A= P(r) 3
A = P(1+r) t
4=P[is2)
nN
n
Let the principle be P=$1 for 1 year at a nominal rate of 100%, to make the algebra
simple, then 4= [
Iss 4):
n
n
1
As n grows larger and larger, CcL 4) approaches e.
n
n=1 (annually)
Go)
n=4 (quarterly)
("
i "au
n=12 (monthly)
¥1+—
a)=2:6!f
e
8760
|
31536000
I er i
= infinite times CAe2) =e
nt
r
a= (1+ | A= Pe"
n
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Ee
ee
OTE
°°,
ee
ee
ee
eee
ee
eee
ee
TBO A ante siaverithwisin tonne vedios St ote ot ERIE
Our growth and decay formulas follow the same pattern as compound interest.
Estimate the time required for $5000 to grow to $30 000 if it is invested at 10% compounded
a) monthly b) continuously.
nt
a) A= rf+=] b) A pel
& Solution:
n
e 30 000 = 5000e"!
30 000 = s00o{1+242 6 = 00:108
0 10 12 log, 6 = 0.10¢
0.10)" oe
0.10
log6log{ 1-220)
Me = 17.92 years
log6
=
12 log fae
2
= 17.99 years
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.5 — Applications of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions ¢ 191
The half-life of plutonium-241 is 13 years. Find the time for 80% of a5 gram sample
to decay.
Method I Method II
t
AS AGO A= Mex
1Gt Di Oe
k-13
l=5 2 0.5=e*
2 13k =in(0:5)
tet
0.2 =| )
— ao In(0.5)
13
“n t
In(0.5)¢
aele aig 1=S5e 8
In(0.5)¢
Pe log 0.2 0.2=e 33
(|
iT ads
no = M5 13
= 30.185 years 131n(0.2)
pee
In(0.5)
= 30.185 years
A hotel is serving roast turkey. At noon, the turkey’s temperature was 75°F. At 2:00 p.m.
the chef checked the temperature, and it had reached 100°F. If the oven remains constant
at 325°F, at what time will the turkey be done if it must reach a temperature of 175°F?
~ Solution: A=\Aix)h
2
100=75(x)' where x is the rate at which the temperature rises (°F per hr)
cc LU sa
\ 75
175 =75(1.1547)
:
log| —
16 ul = B
~ °F..137\ 3 |tog(1.1547)
= 5.89 hours
The turkey will be ready just before 6:00 p.m., or 5:53 p.m.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Sle
a
iS
O08
OU
(8
Oe
ln
OF
Le
OD
OND
Ol
lO
eNO
ee
ee
TTL
ee
eee
ee
ee
ee
ee
Pre-Calculus 12
192 9
i7s @ Chapter
Cnapter 44—
— Logarithms
Logariunms
1. An average new car depreciates 15% in value 2. If you have $10 000, how long does it take
each year. How long does it take for a new you to become a millionaire if you invest the
$40 000 car to depreciate down to $10 000 full amount at 12% compounded a) quarterly
in value? b) continuously?
3. What interest rate is needed if money is to 4. It is estimated that 20% of a certain radioactive
triple in 15 years if the interest is compounded substance decays in 30 hours. What is the
a) semi-annually b) continuously? half-life of this substance?
- The pH scale measures the acidity (0—7) or 6. If Vancouver has a population of 400 000 and
alkalinity (7-14) of a solution with 7 being is growing at a rate of 2% annually, and Surrey
neutral water. It is a logarithm scale in base has a population of 300 000 and is growing at
10. Thus, a pH of9 is 10 times more alkaline arate of 3% annually, in how many years will
than a pH of 8, and a pH of 5 is 10 times more Surrey catch up to Vancouver in population?
acidic than a pH of 6.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.5 — Applications of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions # 193
7. Find the time needed for money to triple at 8. The amount of a chemical in grams that will
8% compounded a) daily b) continuously. dissolve in a solution is given by C = 8°?!
where ¢ is the temperature in Celsius of the
solution. Find ¢ when C = 100 grams.
11. The half-life of radioactive carbon 14 is 12. Prime numbers are integers that are divisible
5570 years. If 500 milligrams of radioactive only by one and themselves. The newest
carbon 14 are present today, determine the largest prime has an added distinction: It is
amount present after 2500 years. what is known as a Mersenne prime. These
rare numbers discovered by Euclid in 350 B.C.
can be written using the formula 2? —1, where
p is also a prime number. Most prime
numbers cannot be written this way. In fact,
the newest discovered prime is only the 43"
of its kind to be found. This largest prime is
270402457 1. How many digits are in the
decimal expansion of this largest prime
number?
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
eS
SS
ell
SE
ea
TSE
EET
NL
OCCT
COTTE
OMS
OTD
OO
OU
NO
a
rr
ee
ee
ee
ee
Se
194 @ Chapter 4 — Logarithms
478
NN 9 Snapter 4— Logariemms Pre-Calculus 12
Chapter Review —
aivai=c
b)es=0
Cn =a
d) a=b
a)
lop—
Nln
WN/bvo
—
d) 10
3. What is the equation of the asymptote of the graph of the function y=log,(x—2)+1?
a) x 2
b) x 1
C)) kei.
dy S38
SSL
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.6 — Chapter Review @ 195
a) log2x
b) logl00x
c) log(x+2)
d) log(x+100)
a) log,.7
b) log,.10
€) yh
d) 10
a) loga’
b) loga
c) loga’
d) loga’®
ay x=s!
b) x=1
Cy = 4.
d) y=4
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
ee
EE
OLN
LTD
LFF
Le
ON
—°
ae
eee
ee
ee
ee
ee
ee
ee
a
196 @ Chapter 4 — Logarithms Pre-Calculus 12
ay x<0
b) x>0
C) nee
d) x>2
1
11. Solve: 3'°8* =—
va,
¢) 9
d) 1000
2x-l
a) -8
b) —4
ey #4
d) 8
a) —l, ;
Z
b) -l, a
c) -*. 1
3
d) GB? 1
a a eee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.6 — Chapter Review @ 197
[—S>_—
a) —10
b) -6
c) -l
d) 0
a) 0
b) 1
Cyr
d) 3
a) x2-2
Dy x2
Cc) x= 2
d) x<-2
ayy y=
b) yl
OC) es
d) y>4
1
19. Evaluate: re, x20; x41
Vx
a) vx
b) x
c) -l
bye
Level B Questions
20. An earthquake on Haida Gwaii (formerly the Queen Charlotte Islands), B.C. on August 22, 1949 measured
8.1 on the Richter scale and an earthquake on Baffin Bay in Nunavut (formerly the Northwest Territories)
on November 20, 1933 measured 7.4 on the Richter scale. How much more intense was the earthquake on
Haida Gwaii compared to the earthquake on Baffin Bay?
ayy -O27
b) 5.0
On. 73
d) 50.1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
a
ES
ES
ODT
eT
Ee
Lee
ee
ee
ee
UeGitewieMigariiiimatied
3
: ; a
21. Determine an expression for logx if x= me
C
a) jloga—logb+2loge
1
b) fue 2 oe) 2 loge
|
c) ee oe lore
Ligeu
3 g
d) —————_-
logb+ loge
a) Ly=20"
b) y=2-10°
ce) v=o"
1
d = ——____—
i log2—logx
tS)wma | |
imSS
ie)—S |
Q Sz SSeS
a) x>-2
b) x>0
C) ,Ope Xt
d) 32 od
ee ei ee ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.6 — Chapter Review # 199
a) -2
Db) v2
c) 4
29
d) =
3
a) log
a
3
b)) log ar
log—
Sie OO
a
1000
d)) lo log a
27. The point (m , n) is on the graph of f(x)=log, x. What point must be on a variation ofthe inverse graph
hy ae)
a) (-—m, —n)
b) (—n, m)
C)) (e177 72)
d) (=n; —m)
a) V5
b) 5
Cle)
d) 81
a) f'(x)=2°
bit. Oaae
c) f(x) =log,(-x)
d) 7a) =t09,(4)
x
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
lm
SS
ets
RSE
SE
OO
NDS
ON
TN
ON
NTN
NDF
Ne
NDF
ONS
OTN
SS
OTE
ND
NDS
eS
LG
TLD
LTE
LTD
LT
OTD
LED
OTe
Lee
Te
Tee
Leer
eer
Oe
Fr
200 # Chapter 4 — Logarithms Pre-Calculus 12
d) ¥5
a) f (x)=log,(x+2)-1
b) f(x)=log,(x+1)-2
c) f'(x)=log,(x-2)+1
d) f '(x)=log,(x-1)+2
a) f'(x)=5°?-
by f= s=
c) aon
yey |
a) oa
b) a
c) va
d) af
34. The half-life of a radioactive substance is 14 years. Determine an expression for the mass of the substance
remaining from 50 grams after ¢ years.
a) 0.5(50)*
1
b) so
c) 0.5(50)"4
(2) 1)"
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.6 — Chapter Review @ 201
35. Determine the initial investment needed, P, if an interest rate of 12% per annum compounded quarterly
yields $1000 in 5 years.
x _ 1000
103:
1000
~ 1,045
1000
) P= 793%
1000
d) Lea
36. An earthquake in Grand Banks Nova Scotia which measured 7.3 on the Richter scale was 240 times as
strong as an earthquake near Vancouver Island. Determine the Richter scale strength of the Vancouver
Island earthquake.
a) 2.4
b) 4.9
eyes
d) e927
37. The population of Canada is approximately 30 million. Assuming the population is growing continuously,
the population P, in millions, t years from now can be determined by the formula P=30e°"”’. What will
be the population, in millions, 50 years from now?
a) 75.38
b) 76.83
©) 77.45
d) 77.57
38. A strain of bacteria triples every 5 days. Determine an expression for the initial amount of bacteria if
after ¢ days, 200 bacteria are present.
siege 35
2
b) A= a
3°
c) A=200(3)3
d) 4A=200(3) aaleal
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
202 # Chapter 4 — Logarithms Pre-Calculus 12
39. Ifa solution has a pH of9.8, how much weaker is a solution with a pH of 8.2?
a), “16
b) 4.0
¢) 39.8
d) “53.7
40. Determine the pH of a solution that is 160 times more alkaline than a known pH of 8.7.
2) ea
b) 10.9
€)) 2355
d) 46.2
a) log,a—18log,b
b) log,a—9log, b’
c) —2+log,a—2log,b
d) -—2+log,a+2log,b
42. If log, 5=a and log, 3=b, determine an expression for log, (2) in terms of a and b
a) 2a-2b+3
b) 2a—2b-3
c) a -b’-3
d) a -b’+3
3
43. Express as a single logarithm: 1— loge —loge
a) icolog 105
a3
b) (eo
Cc
] pede
b
ea
d) fogs
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without
written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.6 — Chapter Review # 203
a
a) x = log, [=|
J
b) +=toe,(2
a
c) a log, y
d) x = log (ab)
a) a=2"°
b)
a2?
c) a=2°+3
d) a=?’=3
Level C Questions
ee
ease
eee
0
a
Sasa
SS
8
ET
SS
WS
2S
= ps
46. If log4=a and log3=), determine an expression for oa in terms of a and b.
a)
b)
c)
d)
47. The graph of the function y= log ,,(2—x) must observe what restrictions?
a) x>-1
b) x #0
CMs ee aL
d) —1<x<2; x0
48. When solving algebraically: 2log(3—x)=log2+log(22 —2x), what answer is eliminated by the restriction
on logarithms?
5
6
7
8
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
204 ¢ Chapter 4 — Logarithms Pre-Calculus 12
49. When solving algebraically: log 12—log,(x—1)=1, what answer is eliminated by the restriction
on logarithms?
a) -1
b) -—2
c) -3
d) —4
a) -—3
ee 1
) 2
|
c) —-— , 3
) 2
1
d — ,-3
) Bs
51. If a=3log,c and b=log,d, determine an expression for « in terms ofa and b.
a) y2a-b
b) ya-2b
c) ee
ae
a) x=log 2
b) y=log 2
c) x=log,y
d) y=log,x
a) |
Dyes
ce): 9
d) 27
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.6 — Chapter Review @ 205
54. Given log4=x and log = y, determine an expression for log6 in terms ofx and y.
A) Seay,
b) x-2y
c) —
dines
y
1
a) 2a+—b
2
1
b) 2a—-—b
2
1
c) —at+b
2
1
Ne
=a 2
1
57. Solve 10r x. == 108 2 =e
log, 3 x x
fl
a) 3
b) -3
cys
d) 9
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
206 ¢ Chapter 4 — Logarithms Pre-Calculus 12
a) x+y
b) 2x+3y
Chorly
d) 6xy
59. For every 100 metres that a balloon rises, the atmospheric pressure is reduced by 1%. At what balloon
height is the atmospheric pressure 15% of the pressure at Earth’s surface? (accurate to the nearest 1000 m)
a) 16000m
b) 17000m
c) 18000m
d) 19000m
60. If 25% of a radioactive material decays in 40 hours, what is the half-life of the material?
a) 16.60h
b) 20.00h
c) 80.00h
d) 96.38h
a) -6
b) 5
Ce
d) no solution
tee loga—log3
loga—logb
Dyer loga—log3
loga+logb
ones log3a
log3a—logb
ee log3a
log3a+logb
a a eee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 4.6 — Chapter Review @ 207
a)
b)
c) I+
N|]wWw
lwo
wlw
d) no solution
2.[9)-X = Oh Ye telo )s
ee Ps| tony
64. What interest rate, compounded monthly, is needed for money to triple in value ir’ 10 years?
a) 9.5%
b) 10.0%
¢)) 10.5%
d) 11.0%
65. A radioactive substance decays from 600 grams to 200 grams in 10 days. Determine the half-life
of the substance.
a) 63d
b) 6.7d
c) 112d
d) 15.8d
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
tt
208 ¢ Pre-Calculus 12
Wrong Right
sin(x+ y)=sinx +sin y sin(x+ y)=sin x cos y+ cos x sin y
cos(—x)=-—cos x cos(—
x)= cosix
sin(—
x) =sin x sin(—x)=-—sinx
cos2x =1-2sin?
x> cos 2x =1-—2sin?
x>
cos 4x = 2-4sin’ 2x cos 4x = 1—2sin? 2x
sinx+cosx=1 Sas 92
sin’ x+cos'
2
x=1
csc x=—
sinx
10. 10.
.
sin
—] . .
x represents the inverse sine function.
.
2
11 . tankx has period of is 11. sinkx and coskx have periods of eae, but
K| |x|
tankx has period of 2
K|
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the
publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.1 — Trigonometric Functions ¢ 209
_ Trigonometric Functions —
Angles on a coordinate plane in standard position: Standard position means the initial side is along the
positive x-axis with the vertex at the origin. Rotating a ray about the vertex forms an angle @ with an initial
side and a terminal side.
90°
ay.
ll counterclockwise rotation
positive angle
P 0 360
vertex (0, 0)] initial side oe i"
clockwise rotation
iil IV negative angle
270°
Degree Measures
The measure of an angle is determined by the direction and the amount of rotation from the initial side to the
terminal side. The measure you are familiar with is degrees. One degree (1°) is formed when a ray is rotated 360
degrees.
110°
400°
x xX x;
-150°
-500°
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Examples of Special Types of Angles
y y y
Q ) 90° 180 :
D5 x x x
Coterminal Angles
Angles in standard position that have the same initial side and the same terminal side are called coterminal angles.
150°
150° and —210° are 230° and 590° are
coterminal angles coterminal angles
—210°
Determine two positive and two negative coterminal angles for 465°.
> Solution: 465° — 360° =105°, 465° +360° = 825°, 465° -2 x 360° =-255°,, 465° —3x 360° =-615°
(infinite number of possible answers)
Another unit of angle measure is called radian. It is more suited to scientific work and engineering applications
because a radian is an arc length ofa circle.
To define radian measure, we will use a circle with a radius of 1 with centre at the origin.
This circle is called a unit circle.
eS Se
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.1 — Trigonometric Functions ¢ 211
arc length = 1
A circle has 360°. The circumference of a circle is C=27r. If the radius measure is one, C=27.
Then one complete rotation about the unit circle is an arc length of 27 for every360°. Therefore, the
relationship between degree and radian is 360° =27 radians or 180° =z radians. Thus, we can state:
31
a) 240° bye? Cc) FE d) 2.13
an 42 1S | LP
ion:
~ Solution: a) 240° x 130°
—— = —3 = 4.19 b)) 72°x 180°. =5 126
Sa LSO% :
c) rege d) ee =122>
1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
212 @ Chapteree
ee
a 5 — Trigon ometry
onome (Part
iryARi I)
ardee Pre-Calculus 12
Arc Length
The length of an arc of a circle is directly proportional to the angle 6 and the radius of the circle.
If @ is given
in radians, then the constant of proportionality is the radius r, thus the arc lengths = r@.
Determine the arc length of a circle with radius 5 cm and central angle
of 60°.
4
& Solution: From 0 to 40 seconds is a = ; of a revolution.
S740)
=(16am{ )
3
= am= 67.0 mm
3 radians = 3x ny
1X
ee || TAl OY
1
1. Determine if the angle is in quadrant I, II, II, IV or not in a quadrant for the following standard position angles.
a) 150° b) -150°
c) 314° d) -314°
8)-1100° ee a ee h).—».6325°
i) 810° 2 ee ee SS Dy =900°
a) ;rotation b) — rotation
5 :
c) z rotation d) — rotations
Hf ; :
e) 5 rotations f) — rotations
a) 2rotation b) — rotation
2 : 1
c) — rotation d) 2-— rotations
3 4
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
O
See
SS
Se
lc
ea
TSE
IEEE
OO
O88
DD
TNT
Ne
TN
ee”
ET
|
oe
ee
ee
ee
a
ee
214 # Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part I) Pre-Calculus 12
ays? b) 90°
c) 150° d) 240°
e) 300° f) 360°
g) 405° h) 420°
i) 450° j) 630°
a) 70° b) eHee
ce) 130° d)
e) 400°
g) -248° h)
iy 1025" jp
a) _ b)
c) = d)
e) =
2 — h)
i) — j)
SS
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.1 — Trigonometric Functions ¢ 215
a) 3 b) ay
¢) 27 d) —1.2
9. Find the radius of a circle if an arc of 3 subtends 10. Find the arc length of a sector of a circle with
an angle of 30° on the circle. radius 15 cm if the sector angle is 130°.
11. Find the angle in degrees if an arc length of 5cm 12. As the time changes from 2:00 to 2:30 ona
has a radius of 6 cm dial-face clock,
13. A horse on a merry-go-round is 4 m from the 14. A flywheel makes 12 revolutions per minute
centre. How many metres does Kate travel on the (rpm). How many seconds does it take for
horse if the merry-go-round makes 15 revolutions the flywheel to turn through 216°?
before stopping?
15. The Earth rotates about an axis through its poles, 16. What distance does a bird travel when flying
making one revolution per day. The radius of Earth due south from 40° north latitude to 20° north
is approximately 6400 kilometres. What distance is latitude?
traversed by a point on Earth’s surface at the equator
during any 8-hour interval as a result of Earth’s
rotation about its axis?
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
im
08
CUE
lM
eee“
OT
M8
i
MM
CT
TR
EE
OU
LU
Le
LTD
TT
TNT
TT
ee
ee
a
216 # Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part I) Pre-Calculus 12
Trigonometric Functior
We have learned from studying trigonometry in grades 10 and 11 that for a fixed acute angle @ ina right
triangle, the ratio of the length of the sides does not depend on the size of the triangle. The ratios depend on the
measure of @ , therefore we can define trigonometric functions in terms of @. Each ratio of a pair of lengths of
sides of a right triangle is given a special name.
opposite hypotenuse
Sine: sinO= ae Cosecant: cscO= pa sab
hypotenuse opposite
opposite adjacent
Tangent: tan@= —— Cotangent: csc@= ee
adjacent opposite
se
ore™
wyy opposite
|
adjacent
Consider an angle @ in standard positon with P(x, y) a point on the terminal side of @. Then, by Pythagorean
theorem, x7 + y’ =r° or r= x+y. The values of x, y and r determine the six trigonometric ratios for angle @.
Trigonometry Ratios
sin@ = 2 cscO = —
i y (x,y)
where r=x°> + y?
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.2 — Trigonometric Function of Acute Angles @ 217
When selecting a point P(x, y) on the terminal side of angle 6 , the quadrant in which @ is found will determine
the algebraic sign of the trigonometric function. It will be either positive or negative.
Remember, r=./x’+y° is always positive. Since sin@ and csc@ are always ratios of y and r, then
sin@ and csc@ are positive where y is positive. Similarly, cos@ and sec@ are positive where x is positive.
Also, since tan and cot are ratios of xand y, tan@ and cot@ are positive when x and y are both positive,
or x and y are both negative, because a negative divided by a negative is positive.
and
andood
af MM VY
Solution: sin@ <0 in quadrant HII and IV, tan@>0 in quadrant I and III, therefore, answer found in
quadrant III.
~ Solution: csc@ <0 in quadrant III and IV, tan@ <0 in quadrant II
and IV, therefore answer is found in quadrant IV. cos@ is
positive in quadrant IV.
x (229) ee
therefore cos@ = =
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
tl
tl
ZUCeeiee eeokomeny (aes ce EE
Determine cot@ if sin@ == and cos@ <0.
» Solution: cos@ <0 in quadrant II and III, sin@ >0 in quadrant I and
II, therefore answer found in quadrant II.
242? =5? > x=-/21 (x is negative in quadrant II)
therefore cot@ = as
_ Vii
2
Determine sec@ if cot@= 3 :
Given the point (2, — 1) on the terminal side of angle @ , determine the value of all
6 trigonometric functions.
: = 2 a
P Solution: =r°=(-1) +2’, sin = me ; cosO=—=, tan@= me
v5 V5 2
r=V5,
p)
eso9= =, seo =, ea aaa
Determine sin@ and cos@ if @ is an angle in standard position whose terminal side is the
graph 2x+5y=0, x <0.
= 29 Seg mene
V29
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.2 — Trigonometric Function of Acute Angles @ 219
Determine the coordinate of the point 8 units from the origin in quadrant III and tan@ = ;:
a ip +y y by proportion
-4 x
=s
ieenn
—32
2 ————
a NO che Swe 5
2
=5 3 y —24
56 Beas
32
Thus, coordinates (x, y) = [22- #4).
; 2 és
If Se find a) csc@ and b) cos(90°-@).
: ; Mei 2 3
~ Solution: a) sin@ and csc@ are reciprocals of each other, therefore if sin@ = me esco=
So cos(90°—@) = ;
» Solution: sin@ >0 and cos@ <0 in quadrant II with opposite =— adjacent
The opposite and adjacent leg of the triangle must be the same length.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
ESSE
TUE
Lee
LSS
TN
TT
ee
ee
ee
ee
ee:
a
220 @ Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part I) Pre-Calculus 12
1. Find the missing dimensions of a right triangle with sides a and b and hypotenuse c.
= kee b) A= 2) = ae=
a) G50
d) he) =
c) i= (30ers ol WR
1 1
e) CON aan’, C= f) ieee O=
ee eee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.2 — Trigonometric Function of Acute Angles @ 221
5. A point P on the terminal side of @ is shown in the figures below. Evaluate the six trigonometric
functions of 0.
a) Wy,
secd = wm Eesce=
b)
sing
= ee cose
=
ing
= es, | COS
seCO =n 2. 1 cSCO'=
c) Ys
0 sin@ = peeCOSG,—
x tan@ = PECcora=
P(-~3,-1)
sec 9 = 7 EescCo=
d) J
sin@ = ne COsSG =
» tan@ = A -ecot@ =
6 P (V5, -2
Cee sec0 = Xe poets =
e) y
sin 8 = ee cOsO =
6
x tan@ = , coe=
secd'= - Acsce=
P (0,—4)
a ee nh sl per et rea et 8
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
es
nae
cl
a
A
OR
Or
UO
ee
SS
ef
=
222 2
Eee ¢ Epe
Chapters5 — Trigono
Pigonommetry
etry (Part
(Part I)
Down) (avout Bloi
Pre-Calc
s ulus 12
6. The value of one trigonometric function is given. Determine the other 5 trigonometric functions.
2 AD)5 Alen
a) sin@ 13° @ is in quadrantI RSE.5 een
13
tan@ = + cog=
sec @ = escO =
8 az): ;
b) are @ is in quadrant III sin@ = 1) cose=
3 a 2x
Cc) ee @ is in quadrant IV sin@ = , cos@=
tan @ = ECOtO.=
fae csc
2
tan@ = Cote
seco = wt csco=3
tan@ = , cotd=—24
tan@ = 1 COLE=
seco= csee=
7. Find the six trigonometric functions of @ if @ is an angle in standard position whose terminal side is the
graph of the given relation.
a) 3x+5y—0e 0 sin @ = a COSO=
tan@ = te cod =
sec @ = , cscO=
b) 2x-—3y=0,
y<0 sin@ = acoso =
tan@ = a SCoOLe=
secO = emCsCG=
tan@ = colo =
secO= , escO=
tan@ = aE CcoLg=
sec@'= ECSCO —
8. Determine the coordinates of the point at the given distance from the origin in the stated quadrant, if 0 is
its position angle.
: 3
a) 10; Il; eae b) 3; Ill; tan@d=1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
nil
ttt
OE
Ul
J
224 @ Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part I)
Pre-Calculus 12
9. Let B be an acute angle with sinB=a. 10. Let P be an acute angle with cos P=b.
Find cscB and cos(90°—B) in terms of a.
Find sec P and snl r)in terms of bd.
d
14. Show that: h= d
cota —cot B 15. Show:that: jf=——=—
cota +cot B
Quadrantal Angles
Quadrantal angles are angles with their terminal side lying along a coordinate axis, either the x-axis or the y-axis.
To evaluate the trigonometric functions of a quadrantal angle, we select any arbitrary point other than the origin.
The easiest point to pick is a point 1 unit from the origin. Then apply the definitions of the six trigonometric ratios.
r=1'(0,-1)
adjacent _x 1 opposite y _ 1
ion: =a O7= == | b) tan90° = = — = undefined
oki ia a radius. 7 4 ) aoyacents x 10
i 3 di 1
fadius ~ 7 2 opposite” “yl
Using the procedure of the above examples, we can verify the following entries:
0° or 0 0 1 0 undefined 1 undefined
1
90° or 3 1 0 undefined 0 undefined 1
gemiet TE
270° or oS =|| 0 undefined 0 undefined =
We may obtain the values of other trigonometric functions for other quadrantal angles using the idea of
coterminal angles.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
GS
i
CRESS
ll
TRS
OM
TNO
OU
ONT
OO
TN
LTE
OE
NDE
Le
Oe
eee
ee
ee
ee
ee
ee
226 @ Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part I) Pre-Calculus 12
o£
Evaluate a) cos540° b) tan6z c) on
dj t —]
Thus, cos 540°= cos 180°= eS See |
hypotenuse |
on T
re Owe
Dy) 27) 2
By using the relationship between an isosceles right triangle and an equilateral triangle, we can find exact values
of 30°, 45° and 60° angles by applying Pythagoras’ theorem.
Opposite _ 3
Solution: a) sin60°= =
hypotenuse 2
Bynece u_ epics: : v2 a ie
+ adjacent 1
m opposite 1 eds 3
c) a=P mapas ae lbin ae (both answers are acceptable)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.3 — Trigonometric Functions — General & Special Angles @ 227
Using the procedure of the previous example, we can verify the following entries:
=a aa
45° or 7 z z l AD 2
60° or = as ; 3 z 2 z
Reference Angles
The concept of reference angles was introduced in grade 11. We shall formally state its definition:
For angle @ in standard position, the reference angle is the positive acute angle Q' that
is formed with the terminal side of 0 and the x-axis.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
e
228 Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part
S I)
ee r
Pre-C alculus ae
12
;
Determine the exact value of a) sin240° 51 197
b) Jo c) tan ge
. pa pit, =—sin60°
The reference angle for 240° is 240° —180° = 60°, therefore, sin240° Whe Mens
= ‘ae
20:
SVE
The reference angle for ~ is 27 — re 57 1
= -, therefore, wie = Se =
Finding @
To find @ for special angles is the reverse proce
ss of reference angles.
& Solution: a) sin@<0 in quadrants III and IV. The smallest angle
is quadrant III.
3
sin 60°= +7 by special angles
2
sec 45°= 2 = v2 by special angle
1
Find exactly all 8, 0°<@<360 for which tan@ = a8
all
i
sete
a Bs
By 1 :
— = 2 by special angles
2
x ie.
The angles with reference angle a in quadrants I
x
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
GSS
Ee
TN
NLS
Ne
LN
ee
Te
Le
eee
ee
ee
230 # Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part I) Pre-Calculus 12
0° 0
©
WwoO
°
& Nn
60°
90°
120°
1355
w]|
a|9
9wl
ala
ALA
wld
aS
oo)S)
°
—— iS
Being able to calculate all values of this chart quickly allows for more success in the trigonometry unit.
There are only two triangles plus x-axis and y-axis values which give the 96 special angles listed above.
Pe ee ee ee -S e ee ee See ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.3 — Trigonometric Functions — General & Special Angles # 231
a) 150° b) -150°
i) 810° jp -900°
TN 2\n
k)) ese: ly =e
6 — ) 4
197 247
1 ar a a
17x 167
VINE ace
2. Determine the exact value of each trigonometric function. Do not use a calculator.
eit
g) as h) tan
197 : 137
i) CSC j) cot—
6
k) cot(—240°) I) sec(—945°)
m) cos sa
3 PM ROOT se. n) tan med
6
oe —20% —27%
0) 3 p) csc]
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
3. For which values of @, 0°< @< 360, is each ofthe following undefined?
a) sin@ b) cos@
c) tan@ d) coté
e) secO f) csc@
a) sin@ b) cosé
c) tan@ d) cotdé
e) secé f) cscé
1
a) sin8 = —~ b) tang=-v3
c) cscé aa Zcd
3
d)
sec 0 =-
V2
2
e)) cot@=-—=
B ! f) cosé oes
Ab5
c) cscx V2
a=—-v2 d) sec XY = —
2
——
V3
e) tanx=-l f) “cee
2
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.3 — Trigonometric Functions — General & Special Angles # 233
7. Find the exact value of each expression without using a calculator. Note: (sin@)’ =sin’@.
Dn
i) tan— 6
Dp
an
6
TT
a ey =—e
b) mes,
a4
jee
y - d) _4n
ae
UG
a) 5 b) _/
aed
c) fiz
Vee: d) Bee
oma
TU
a) a b) Ws
te,
te
ie ae d) _4n
Tae
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
2540 MebauisneeEaieonometry (PartI)iiwiomonovis) -Sug?
11. Determine all possible values of x by special angles, 0<x<2z7.
a) cosx= “= b) sinx=—5
c) tanx=—l d) tescx =2
i) cscx=undefined j) secx=-l
1
sy ats . Ee N) escx=—V2
CU SY) b) Ps
2
c) xa 2 d) x=-7
a) =O b) x= ie
1
c) x= ae d) x=-7
14. Choose various special angle values of sin@ 15. Choose various special angle values of cos@
and sin(—@). How does the value of sin(—@) and cos(—@). How does the value of cos(—@)
compare to the value of sin@? compare to the value of cos@?
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.4 — Graphing Basic Trigonometric Functions # 235
etric
Graphing Basic Trigonom
; it b j
Ths sin] ee he ee es ee
hypotenuse 1 hypotenuse 1
i
Tt ;
y=sinx=b
u
y=cosx=a
eS
So aicamalin
“) i = »b
sik Oto 2 Otol 1 to 0
2
: 0 or 2n 5 ton 1 to 0 0 to-1
no = 0 to -1 —1to0
3m
oP = 102m —1 to 0 0 to|
To graph y=sinx and y=cosx from 0 to 27, we will look at its values on the x- and y-axis, plus the special
angle values in the 4 quadrants.
el 0)
(0,-1)
y=sinx, 0Sx S27
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
236 # Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part I) Pre-Calculus 12
(0,1)
Cl 0)
(0,-1)
The graphs of y=sinx and y=cosx extend horizontally to infinity in both directions, repeating at successive
intervals. Each repeated interval is called a period.
Definition of a Period
A function f is periodic if there is a positive number P such that f(x+ P)= f(x) for
all x in the domain. The length of the shortest interval over which the function repeats
itself is known as the period.
Graph of y =sinx
Graph of y=cosx
a a a SSS
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.4 — Graphing Basic Trigonometric Functions ¢ 237
Amplitude
Let us compare the graphs of y=sinx and y=asinx. The graph of y=asinx can be obtained by multiplying
y=sinx bya. The absolute value of a, written |a|, is the amplitude of the function.
A
Compare amplitudes of y=sinx, y=—2sinx, and y= 5 sinx, OSx<27.
y=;sinx;
1
amplitude |a||a| ==||
=—sinx; amplitude |—| =—=;
1 1
Definition of Amplitude
Let f be a periodic trigonometric function, and let m and M denote the minimum and
maximum values of the function. Then, the amplitude of f is
M-m
2
Periods
y
2
y=sinx; period = ia = 27
; : 21
y=sin2x; period = 12 =
eu 2
ae period = —* = 47
y= sin2x sey sinx
byl
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
238 ¢ Chapte
e er 5 — Trigonometry (Part I)e
ee Pre-Calculus 12
Phase Shift
bxy=e bx=c+2n
C Cys
=— = —+—
mite ar aie
3G —~c=0 C= 20
E € n
X=C
20
xXx=c+—
y=sinx 1% 1X
y= ca(2e-|.sna(x *)
2 4
Thus y= snl ; oi
2x_ 4 and y= sina[- 4 have a peri: od of
2 anda phase shift of A to the
right.
Vertical Displacement
Let us compare the graphs of y=sinx and y=sinx+d.
If d>0, shift vertically upward d units
If d <0, shift vertically downward d units
Compare y=sinx and y=sinx—-2,0<x<27
pas =sinx —2
BY athe 3
a) ya-Beos| 3x42 b) y=2sin7(x-2)-3
3
phase shift: Ces One oe phase shift: F (x-2)=0,x=2
2. 2 3 6
shift right 2
shift left ~ :
3 v.d.. d=-3, downward
v.d.: d=1, upward
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
240 ¢ Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part
e e 1) eee oF a Pre-C
ee alcule
us 12
Step 1: What is the amplitude, period, phase shift and vertical displacement?
v.d.=I1: Midline y = 1.
;
From graph: amplitude: 2 :
a? period: 16, vertical displacement: -5
Serene
Startatxx = 2: a. (—(x—2))——;]
y =a t tatx=6:
Star =6: Sees 9 ee 1
y = A oo8 COS5 (16 ) 5
Sear 1
start at xx=10:
tartat y y=—si
pnyn—(x-
( 10)——
) 5 Slay ete
=
Startatx=14: 14. (ed 4) ee31
y = 5 008 COS—=; (x-1
(many answers)
(many answers)
Graphing y=tanx
opposite
By definition, tanx = . Thus, the graph of y=tanx is undefined where the adjacent side is zero
adjacent
7
since a number divided by zero is undefined. Two such values are x = bas = +1.5708. We can examine this
x a iis7, 1.57 sg
2 2
tanx | undefined | —1256 1256 undefined |
|Graphof y=tanx
Period: 7
Period
A TU
Period = bl
b|
ee. oh
» Solution: a) P=—=—=—
[Oye 2]
cin We
hese carte
y)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
242 # Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part I) Pre-Calculus 12
1 1 20 3 1 4
phase shift A am The 4 3 6
vertical 9 2 5) 3 3 a8
displacement
a) f(x)=sinx A g(x)=cos(—x+7)
b) /f(x)=—sinx B g(o)=-sin| x)
3. State the amplitude, period, phase shift and vertical displacement for the graph of each function
ak 1 3
a) y = —3 Sine [x ya| ||— 1 b) y =-—sI =
ssing{x42}
1 1
c) ye EUS eM d) y=—cos2 Boe
fel DLIC s) 1
e) y = 3sin)] (2
——zx ||-2 fh y ==$089 as
x42)
i
a) Mie Ne b) y=—2tan> x
a ee ee ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.4 — Graphing Basic Trigonometric Functions ¢ 243
5. Write an equation in the form y=asinb(x-—c) and y=acosb(x-—c) for the least non-negative real number c b
a) y b) <
3 2
c)
e)
g)
i)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
244 ¢ Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part I)
Pre-Calculus 12
6. Accurately sketch at least one complete period of the curve y=— 3 sinNealZAR
Jl
(i) e
i735. 7.e
Ci) ee
b) The graph can also describe the function y=aco
sh(x+c)+d. Write a cosine equation which
describes the graph if (i) a>0 (ii) a<0.
(i) (ii) _
The periodic values of the sine and cosine functions are found in nature. A motion involving a pattern that is
repeated at fixed time intervals is called harmonic motion. Examples of harmonic motion are pendulums,
objects suspended from a spring, a Ferris wheel, the amount of daylight during a year, tides, heart beat, radio
waves, etc.
A weight is attached to a spring and set in motion by stretching the spring and releasing it.
The distance (cm) the spring is from its rest position at time ¢ (sec) is given by the equation
d =S5sin(471t)
1 ea sy!
c) Ifthe period is > the maximum of 5 cm will occur at i of the period: 7]asnae seconds
Sie 6 eee
and the minimum will occur at 4 of the period: 4 i yy7 8 seconds.
The voltage £ of an electrical circuit has an amplitude of 220 volts and a frequency of 60 cycles
per second. If E = 220 when ¢ = 0, find a periodic equation in terms of cosine that describes this
voltage.
> Solution: If the frequency is 60 cycles per second, then the period is 5 seconds.
ae |
b 60
b=120n
Thus, the equation is E = 220cos(120z71).
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
246 Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part I)
Pre-Calculus 12
S= 760+ 480cos t
where ¢ is the time in months, with ¢ = 1 corresponding to January. Graph the function and state
what months exceed 1000 units of sales.
T T TC 5a
Months Ras and —ft=
fv =A)
Thus, January, November, and December exceed
1000 unit of sales.
In February and October there are exactly 1000 units
of sales.
& Solution: . P 2
amplitude = 20, period = =60, b= a , vertical displacement is 20 + 3
= 233
upside-down standard cosine function, no phase
shift.
Therefore, /=-—20cos a 3+23
Graph ¥ =—20cos 3 8
Set Window Me = 30
ares=5 Intersection
———
H=iB4A4EE yoo
It takes 18.4 seconds for the rider to
be above 30 m.
1. Assume that the simple harmonic motion of a spring is 2. The voltage E in an electrical circuit is given
described by the equation by E =4cos60zt, where ¢ is time measured in
seconds.
5= Aes 2
Z a) Find the amplitude and period.
3. The temperature in Whitehorse, Yukon is given by - Sales of snowmobiles are seasonal. Suppose
sales in Camrose, Alberta are approximated by
Ta35en\| Gee as
365 = 200+ 200e0s| E42)
where x = | is January 15‘ and x = 365 is
December 315. Use your graphing calculator to find where ¢ is time in months with ¢=0
what days of the year the temperature was below 0°. corresponding to January. For what month
are sales equal to 0?
5. The longest day of the year in Victoria, BC is 15 - A normal adult breathes in and exhales about
hours on June 21; the shortest day of 9 hours is on 0.84 litres of air every 4 seconds with the
December 21; with 12 hours on March 21 and Sept 21. minimal amount in the lungs of 0.08 litres at
Write a sine equation for the number of daylight hours t=0. Write a cosine equation with 0<1r<8
as a function of the day of the year.
and find the time of maximum air capacity in
this interval.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
248 @ Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part I) Pre-Calculus 12
seconds, and
7. If the voltage E in an electrical circuit has an amplitude of 110 volts and a period of 7
E = 110 when ¢ = 0, find a periodic equation in terms of cosine that describes this voltage.
8. The pedals on a bicycle have a maximum height of 30 cm above the ground and a minimum distance of
8 cm above the ground. A person pedals at a constant rate of 20 cycles per minute.
a) What is the period in seconds for this periodic function?
9. A Ferris wheel of radius 25 metres, placed one metre above the ground, varies sinusoidally with time.
The Ferris wheel makes one rotation every 24 seconds, with a person sitting 26 metres from the ground
and rising when it starts to rotate.
a) Write a sinusoidal function that describes the function from a person’s starting position.
b) How high above the ground would a person be 16 seconds after the Ferris wheel starts moving?
c) How many seconds on each rotation is a person more than 35 metres in the air?
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.5 — Application of Periodic Functions # 249
10. Tides are a periodic rise and fall of water in the ocean. A low tide of 4.2 metres in White Rock, B.C. occurs
at 4:30 a.m., and the next high tide of 11.8 metres occurs at 11:30 a.m. the same day.
a) Write a sinusoidal function that describes the tide flow.
11. A spring modelling a sinusoidal function rests 1.6 metres above the ground. If the mass on the spring is
pulled 1.1 metres below its resting position and then released, it requires 0.5 seconds to move from the
maximum position to its minimum position. Assuming friction and air resistance are neglected,
a) write an equation in terms of cosine that describes this periodic function.
12. A tsunami, usually called a tidal wave, is a very fast moving ocean wave caused by earthquakes that occur
underwater. The water will first move down from its normal level, then move an equal distance above the
normal level, then finally back to normal. The period of this tsunami is 16 minutes with an amplitude of 8
metres. The normal depth of water at Crescent Beach, B.C. is 6 metres.
a) What is the maximum and minimum height of water caused by the tsunami at Crescent Beach?
b) Write a periodic model of the tsunami when it first reaches Crescent Beach.
c) Ifyou were in a boat out in the ocean, how would the tsunami affect you?
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
250 Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part 1) Pre-Calculus 12
Chapter Review
; 1
1. Determine the amplitude and period of y=-—2 cos = |EPS
a) Sel
Li gnaee|
c) 2; 4
1 eave |
a) oats 63
by §25SH3S
Cele 63
ayy as:
1
a) 3
2
b) a
ro) ees)
d) 6
4. Given a circle with radius 6 cm and length of arc 12 cm, determine the sector angle to the nearest degree.
Aye ee
bya 295
©) elOSs
d) 115°
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.6 — Chapter Review @ 251
a)
by i-;1
1
c) 5
pee Z
6. If (2,—3) is on the terminal side of standard position angle @ , what is the value of sec@ ?
heist
eal
3
c)
JB
ae
3
7. Determine the smallest positive angle @, in radians, such that csc@ = an)
De3
c) a
eeu
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
252 @¢ Chapter
252 5 — Trigonometry (Part
ChapterS—Trigonometry (Part)I) Pre-Caleulus 12
: 51
9. Determine the exact value of Gach:
2v3
cil
» 23 3
c)
3
—
3
2v3
a aap
11. Determine the quadrant in which the terminal arm of @ lies for sec@<0, tan@>0
a) quadrant I
b) quadrant II
c) quadrant II
d) quadrant IV
aac Z
b) -
5
c) =
a)
d) =
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.6 — Chapter Review 4 253
13. Determine sec@ if the terminal arm of angle @ in standard position intersects the unit circle at point (a, D).
a) a
b) 5b
c) ZL
a
1
d) b
a) -—a-—b
b) -a+b
¢) “"a=b
d) a+b
a) -a-—b
b) -at+b
c) a-b
d) a+b
3) 31
16. What is the value of tanB if cosB aes and m<B< co
4
a —_—_—
) 3
b —
3
) o
Cc _—
3
4
4
d =,
) 3
2x 41
a) a te
3 3
») 22, 3 3
om 1G
Of a
656
» ot,
6
be6
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
254 @9 Chapter
454 5 — Trigonometry (Part
Chapter5—Trigonometry (ParttI)
ride
18. The height, A, in metres, of a certain Ferris wheel seat above the ground at time, ¢, in seconds, after ae
is started is given by the formula A(t) = 25sin4(t—10)+26. Use the graph of the function to determine the
number of seconds in the first minutes the rider is above 40 m.
A) elo) Sect
b) 18.6 sec.
¢)) 32G:5"sec.
d) 34.3 sec.
19: For f(x) =cosbx, b>0, find the smallest positive value of x that produces a minimum value for Flas
a) 2.42, 4.00
b) 2.64, 3.88
c) 3.86, 5.55
d) 4.00, 5.43
yy —Va’ +1
a
d)
22.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.6 — Chapter Review @ 255
23. Determine the value of sec@ if cot@=—a, where a>0O and sinO<0.
a) a +1
a
2
BS a +l
a
o at+l
a
d) _a +
1
a
24. A cosine curve has a maximum point at (2, 16) and the nearest minimum point to the right of this point is
at (7, 4). Which of the following is an equation for this curve?
a) y= 6c0s"(x-2)+10
b) y= 6cos~(x+2)+10
c) y= bcos (x-2)+10
d) y= bcos (x+2)+10
a) y=—sin7(x- 141
b) yssin® (x—1)+l
1
Cc) Soe OS A) td
d) y=cos(x-3)+1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
256
256 @¢ Chapter
ChapterS—Trigonometry (Part)
5 — Trigonometry (Part I)
a) 0.203
b) 0.325
c) 1.021
d) 3.078
Dike Find @ , to the nearest degree, if @ terminates in quadrant II and sec@ =—2.202.
a) 117°
b) 142°
ce) 153°
d) no value satisfies the equation
28. The graph of the function f(x) =cosx is translated 3 units left. What is the equation of
the shifted function?
a) f(x)=cos(x+3)
b) f(x)=cos(x-3)
©)” (x)= cosx +3
d) /f(x)=cosx—3
Ay. A circle has a radius 10 cm. Determine the area of a sector (pre-shaded region) of the circle that has a
central angle of 2.1 radians.
a) 2)
b) 105
e) 7 150
d) 210
a) 0.29, 2.85
b) 0.29, 5.99
c) 1.28, 1.86
d) 128) 5:01
31. The point (a, ) is the point of intersection of the terminal arm of angle @ in standard position and the
unit circle centred at (0, 0). Which expression represents csc@ ?
a) Bs
a
b) a
]
c) "
d) b
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 5.6 — Chapter Review @ 257
32. Determine the minimum value of the function f(x)=acosx+d,where a>0 and d>0.
a) a-d
b) d-a
c) 2a-d
d) d-2a
33. Determine the equations of the asymptotes of the function y=tanbx, b>0.
nm
a) a= oe nan integer
nm :
b)) x=—;
rb g
ran integer
wT nN
c) ) 5%
x=—+—; g
nan integer
34. A wheel of radius 20 cm has its centre 25 cm above the ground. It rotates once every 10 seconds.
Determine an equation for the height, h, above the ground of a point on the wheel at time ¢ seconds if
this point has a minimum height at ¢ = 0 seconds.
a) = 0 cos FE 5
10
b) h=-20cos=1+5
Ce He cos 62s
10
d) h=—2cos=1+25
35. The function h(t) =3.9sin0.167(¢—3)+6.5 gives the depth of water / metres, at any time, ¢ hours, during
a certain day. A freighter needs at least 8 metres of water to dock safely. How many hours in the 24-hour
interval starting at ¢= 0 during which the freighter can dock safely?
ay a7?
b) 4.68
C} W57
d) 9.36
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
258 @ Chapter 5 — Trigonometry (Part I) Pre-Calculus 12
36. Determine a sinusoidal function that gives the height A, after ¢ seconds of motion for the rider
eosin 0 27
40
b) h=25sin| “+ |+27
40
c) h=-25cos Eee 07
40
5
d) h=25cos| —t)+27
40
37. At what time does the rider first reach a height of 35 m?
a) 4.1 sec.
b) 14.5 sec.
c) 24.1 sec.
d) 54.5 sec.
38. At White Rock pier, the maximum depth of 8 meters occurred at 4:00 a.m. on July 1, with the minimum
depth of 2 meters occurring 6 hours later. Determine a sinusoidal curve in terms of sine for this function.
a) d(t)=-Ssin=(t—1) +3
b) d(t)=-3sin=(t-1) +5
c) d(t)=3sin=(¢-1)+5
d) d(t)=5sin=(¢-1)+3
39. What was the depth of water at White Rock pier at 12 noon on July 1?
a) 2.5 meters
b) 3 meters
c) 3.5 meters
d) 4 meters
40. Determine the first time on July | that the water reached a depth of 7 meters.
a) 2:24a.m.
b) 2:39 a.m.
¢) 5:22am.
d) 5:36 a.m.
pa ee ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.1 — Trigonometric Identities and Equations ¢ 259
In this chapter, we will mainly work with equations and identities. An equation is true for some values of the
variable (e.g., sinx-—1=0). An identity is true for all values of the variable. Although there are infinitely many
trigonometric identities, there are a number of basic identities that will serve as our focus of attention.
Verifying Identities
The six trigonometric ratios that we have established from the last chapter are:
Trigonometric Ratios Gi
If @ is an angle in standard position with P(x, y) on the terminal side of 6, then the six
trigonometric ratios are
ie
i: sin@ =~ 4. cscO0@=—
r y r
sy
|
2..).cosO=— 5. secO=— x
ie x
¥ onan
3. tand=~ 6. cotd@=— Where r= x? +y
x My
Our definition of the six trigonometric ratios allows us to find the following products:
[email protected] == —= 1
Te By)
eosd seed = 1
hex
tan@-cot@=2-~=1
Ky
When the product of two numbers of the same values equal one, they are said to be reciprocals of each other.
Thus, we can state:
1
1. csc@=—— 2. secO= Ss eCOUG=
sin@ cos@ tan@
These three relationships are examples of trigonometric identities. An identity is an equation that is true for all
allowable replacement values of the variable.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
260 # Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part II) Pre-Calculus 12
y
DU reye) Sg
cosO x rx Xx
if
2
SOL OA ey
SACRE SVs OY
lf
2 2 2 2
; x +x 7 tee
sin’ @+cos’ @= (2 + =) au 2 , but x* + y° =r? from our definition of trigonometric ratios.
r
r r
Par Eek
Thus, sin’ @+cos* 0 = r- x? +y"
1
If we start with the identity sin’ @+ cos’ @=1 and divide each term by cos* @, we obtain the following:
tan°@+1=sec?@
If we start with sin’ @+cos* @=1 and divide each term by sin? 6, we obtain the following:
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission
from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.1 — Trigonometric Identities and Equations # 261
0
5. cot@= ve 6. sin? @+cos’@=1
sin@
7. 1+tan?@=sec’@ 8. 1+cot?@=csc’ @
Algebra Trigonometry
b
at+—
Cc
a:c
+—
b sinx-COSx | sin x
CORE COS X COS X
ac+b sinxcosx+sinx
G cos x
2. Factor.
Algebra Trigonometry
a) 1—x? a) =sin? x
(—x)(+x) (1—sinx)(1+ sin x)
2
b) xy b) sec’ x — tan? x
(x— y)(x + y) (sec x — tan x)(sec x + tan x)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
3. Change all terms to sine and cosine.
a) sin x 4 G08
CSc xX ‘Sec x
b) tan x
sec x
1
tan x -cosx ='COSX
sec x
sin x
“COS X Lang —
cos x COS x
sin x cancel
Algebra Trigonometry
ioe ones
Js FrV2 l—cosx
l
ae 2 | : (1+cosx)
ee Ms(5-92) (l1-—cosx) (1+cosx)
(v5+2] (Vs-2) 1+cosx
1—cos’ x
v2(Vs—v2} eney (If sin’ x+cos?
x =1
5-2 Ps then ‘sin* x =1—cos*
x.)
NiO 2
3
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from
the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.1 — Trigonometric Identities and Equations 263
sin
x cos x +sinx cosx cot x +cosx
Simplify a) b)
cosx +cos* x cotx+cot? x
COS X cotx
» Solution: A trigonometric expression, like an algebraic expresssion, cannot have zero in the denominator.
Ssinx 1
tanx+cscx = +
COSx sin x
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
264 @¢ Chapter
404
art) Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part II)
o—Irigonometry
Pre-Calculus 12
©)-seexte. 1 COSx
| Me
d) cscx sin x
e) tan’x 1
G =
sin” x
f) 1+ tan’ x
g) sin’ x
3 4 | 1
a) itr b)
2sinx sin’? x l—sinx sinx
1
1+ ;
é an x
) 1
d)
sin’ x
tan’ x
2
co Ss x
€)> sina I ri 1
sin x
l+cosx 1—cosx
cosx 1+sinx
—
1+sinx
+ ——_
cos x
h)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.1 — Trigonometric Identities and Equations ¢ 265
2
: : esc x=1
e) sin’ xsec* x—sin’ x ))
escx—1
4 2 a9) 4
g) cot x+2cot xy+1 h) 1-—2sin° x+sin’ x
° : 4 4 ° 3 2
i) si, xX—Cos: x ieescors — secs x —Secx+ 1
a) (sinx+cosx) b) sinx(cscx—sinx)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
266 # Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part II) Pre-Calculus 12
COLXSEIGSC
c) sinx(cscx—sinx) d)
sinx
tanx+cotx
d)
cotx Sec X
1+sinx
b)
l—cosx
c) d) cotx+tanx
2cos* x+cosx—1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.1 — Trigonometric Identities and Equations # 267
cotx+1
tan’ x cosx:tanx+sinx
c) 2 2. 2 d)
cos’ x+sin° x+ tan’ x 2 tanx
1—sec’ x sec
x — COS x
a Ot ae
if ae
seCax csc x — sinx
cot x (sin
x + tanx) sec
x — COS x
2) he
CSC XE COEX tanx
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
268 @% Chapter
400
(earthyChapter 66—Irigonometry
— Trigonometry (Part II) Pre-Calculus 12
In this section, we will show methods for proving (or verifying) trigonometric identities. The key to proving
identities is to use the eight fundamental identities with our algebra rules to rewrite trigonometric expressions.
Before going on, let us distinguish between an expression, an equation and an identity.
Expression: An expression has no equal signs. It is merely the sum and product of
functions.
Equation: An equation is a statement that is true for a set of specific values.
EDIE te
Example: sinx =1 only at x = >? oes etc. is a conditional statement.
Example: 2x+1=2x+1
2(x%—3)=2x—6
sinx
Laney—
cosx
Verifying an identity is quite different from solving an equation. The following rules are very helpful:
4. Work with one side of an equation at a time, but work from the more complicated
side first.
Note: There is no one way to prove an identity. The more complicated the identity, the
more variation in methods can be found.
An identity has been proved when the bottom statement on the left side of the identity is the same as the bottom
statement on the right side of the identity.
SE Ee ee eee eee eS ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.2 — Verifying Trigonometric Identities ¢ 269
2
3 : 6-1
Prove the identity: eee =cos 0
ct 1+cot?
@= csc’ @ thus csc’ 9-1=cot’? 0
csc’ 0
2
0 .
come ‘Si cot@ = ee and = sin@
sin’ @ sin@ csc @
Note: The bottom statement on the left side = the bottom statement on the right side thus the
identity has been proved.
Alternate csc? 9-1 2
Solution: = = C08 36
esc’ 0
csc? @ 1
separate denominator
csc?@ csc’ @
" . 1 1
Prove the identity: ———— + = 2 csc’ a
l—cosa 1+cosa
j=
Kane ~ add and multiply
1—cos’a
z
sin? a@ +cos? a = 1 thus 1—cos* @ = sin’ a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
270 ¢ Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part II) Pre-Calculus 12
same
sin x
Prove the identity: cscx+cotx =
1—cosx
Jee sin x
1—cosx
Dy cos) ie sinx(1+cosx) left side change to sine and cosine
sinx sinx (l—cosx)(1+cosx) right side use conjugate step
l+cosx sinx(1+cosx) left side common denominator
sin.x 1—cos’ x right side multiply
sin x(1+ cos x : 4
SpeE 12082) sin’ x +cos’x=1 thus 1—cos’
x =sin? x
sin’ x
1+cosx
coe a cancel
sin x
same
4 : tan’ x 1—cos
Prove the identity: ———— = peu OP
1+secx cosx
sec? x —1
1+tan° x =sec’ x thus tan* x =sec’ x-1
1+sec x >
(secx—1\(secx +1)
WScitscnhl factor
secx—1= cancel
secx =
COS X
same
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.2 — Verifying Trigonometric Identities ¢ 271
1. sin’ x—cos?
x =2sin’ x-1 2. sinx+cosxcotx=cscx
sin’ x 1 ;
us —cosx= 4, ———=cscx-sinx
cosx cosx sec
x tan x
4
cos’ x—sin* x ¥ sec’ x—1
ae ea COS = Sas 2+ tan’ x
1—tan’ x tan”x
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
272 Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part II) Pre-Calculus 12
l= sin x 2
13. COS ree 14. Me Ua ats
1—tan* x tanx+sinx sin’x
a)
sin” x —tanx ; cot
x — tan x
17. —.——— = tan’ x isco sin.
=
COSHX— COLX x + tan x
cot
: 2
sin x 2cos x-l
19. cscx -——— = cotx 20. cotx—tanx =———_
1+cosx sinx cOSx
2 ee Et ee ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
274 Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part II) Pre-Calculus 12
cosx—cosy sinx—siny 1
ae ee ae =O 26. csc’| ——x |-1= tan? x
sinx+siny cosx+cosy D
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.3 — Trigonometric Equations ¢ 275
Trigonometric Equations _
A trigonometric equation differs from a trigonometric identity in that it is true only for some values of the
variable, not for all values of the variable. In this section, we will develop methods for solving trigonometric
equations from simple types of equations to types that must be factored or solved by quadratic equation.
There are two types of solutions:
1. Conditional solutions — usually 0< x <27
2. General form solutions
Zcosixri= ealQ
cosx = ———
2
: S 2
by special angles x = cos | — of
_3n44Sn
: 370
a) solutions are: a? = b) solutions are: a4 2n 1, a 2n 7 ;n an integer
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
a
r
276 # Chapter 6 —ee eemo
Trigo meny
nomet an
a
ry (Part I)ee
Pre-Calculus 12
tanx=——=
Sm lin
6° 6
V3
a) solutions are: =. 2 b) 4
Since tanx has a period of z, a llz
and as are
a) ; 1 5a 1
solutions are: 3° , me b) Bee 1+ 2n7, > + 2nm sn an integer
Rene
Therefore, a better solution la, IVA;8 :
is a + rau ; 1 an integ er.
» Solution: cosx+1l=sinx
(cosx+1)° = sin’ x
cos’ x + 2cosx+1=1-cos’ x
2cos’ x + 2cosx =0
2cosx(cosx +1)=0
cosx=0, cosx =—1
_m 3% =n
Dee
Since we had to square each side to solve the equation, we must check solutions.
check cosx+l=sinx cosx+1l=sinx cosx+1l=sinx
1 at 3% Pers cosm#+1l=sinz
cos — = sin— cOs——
+ l= sin ——
2 Z 2 —1+1=0
te: Ue ag 0=0 accept
1=1 accept 14-1 reject
; a : TT :
a) solutions are: a 1 b) solutions are: ae 2nn,m+2n7 ;n an integer.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
278 ¢ Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part ID) Pre-Calculus 12
Solution: a) 2sin30+1=0
2sin3@=-1
siete
2
4tan~=—4
y)
tan—=-1
x 1
5
—=tan (=!)
(-l
x_ 3% X_70
ys ae Phat
32 71 70
XG= 5
Se x 5
=—, u
but —j
ga notd <
MOTE.
b) eg
aa +n (tangent has a period of 7)
eh ae ee
ee
ee
ee
a
i
ii
2
=—
rena OTT. ;
solution is: Tae+ 2n7 ; nan integer «
3 x=tan(-1)
r=tan'( 4] S35 da
Ae a4
= 0.3218, 0.3218+ 2 = 3.4633
COS xX=
-CItVC3) —4DC2)
Zz
= 3.5616 or —0.5616
x =cos |(0.5616)
= 0.9745
cosine is negative in quadrants II and III
quadrant II, x = 7—0.9745 = 2.1671
quadrant III, x =2 + 0.9745 = 4.1161
Therefore, solutions are 2.1671, 4.1161
b) Solutions are 2.167+2n7, and 4.116+2n7; nan integer
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
280 ¢ Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part II) Pre-Calculus 12
|
Mier eolionsaie et ao ae nap oT a eeseeG
2 Oe tS 12
1 Sie
b) Ee POS a 2x = 3.4814+2nn 2x =5.943+4+2nn
x=1.74l+nz x=2.972+n1
1 51
38 = See lOUS KENT
12 iby
sin2x =—1
2x =sin (—1)
. BY IN:
Therefore, solutions are vo
4
3n TX
x=—-+nT, X=—-+nTX
4 4
; 3% 70
Therefore, solutions are wae nm and —-+n7 ; nan integer
4 ‘
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without
written permission from the publisher.
e
i
e
i e
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.3 — Trigonometric Equations # 281
3
a) sin
x =— b) cosx
= ——
me
2
c) tanx =
é\- d) cotx=
é\-
esex=Z
e) Secx =
S18
;
g) sinx =—-— h) cosx =—1
Z
tan x = AB )) Cote—0
k) I) CSOX
=—
Sec x = ay
S|
e are
e
Oe en ec
by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Copyright © 2009
Pre-Calculus 12
282 @ Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part II)
c) tan
x =1.7258 d) cot x= 0.7238
e) sec
x = 3.1743 csc x = 1.5243
Pn Ee Ee eee Sete ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.3 — Trigonometric Equations # 283
3. How many solutions do the following equations have for 0< x <2?
a) sin3x=—7 b) sin3x=-1
c) ee d) ie
Z 2 3
: 1
e) tan’ 2x=1 a ee be f) SLU
a) Gives’ b) tan3x=-1
se
c) oe = d) sin2x =-0.4173
ro
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
284 ¢ Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part II) Pre-Calculus 12
5. Solve the equations algebraically; give exact values for x when possible.
1) OS < 27
ee
Se
2) Scos’x+6cosx—-8=0 h) 2cos?x—cosx=1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced
without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.3 — Trigonometric Equations # 285
a aR ae ee
a a
without written permission from the publisher.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced
ee
Se
286 @ Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part II) Pre-Calculus 12
s) sinxtan2x=sin x t) 3sin’2x—2sin2x-1=0
1
Cc) Bo ena tts ot OFS0x-< 21
Proof of the Sum and Difference Identities for Sine, Cosine and Tangent
We begin by deriving a formula for cos(A-— B).
Draw a unit circle Rotate angle (A — B) to start on x-axis
Thus (RS)=(PO)
(RS) = (PQ)
2 5 2 9 . . 9:
[cos(4— B)-1] +| sin(A- B)-0] = (cos A—cos B) +(sin A—sin B)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
288 ¢ Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part ID) Pre-Calculus 12
tan 4+ tan B
nea
1—tan Atan B
tan(—B
thus tan(4+(—B))= tan A+ tan(~B)
1— tan Atan(—B)
tan
A— tan B
oA 2)
1+ tan Atan B
enn EE 1 ee ee PTs
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.4 — Sum and Difference Identities ¢ 289
The sum and difference identities, with the even-odd and cofunction identities, can be used to solve a wide
variety of problems in trigonometry. The following examples show some of the ways they can be used.
Solution: cos 105°= cos(60°+45°)= cos 60° cos 45 — sin 60° sin 45°
D2 Oey 2
v2_6
4 4
¥ N26
4
370
(all == | ea
Simplify 20
370
1+ tan — tan —
20
370
tates Nea GTN ean fe
ene
& Solution: >_<
= en = tan][
—-
5 — |=tan| i—4|=1
=)
1+ tan — tan —
5 20
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
290 ¢¢ Chapter
290
0 6 — Trigonometry (Part
Chapter6—Trigonometry (Part)II) Pre-Calculus 12
1+
Solve: inf sil x2 ==], 0<5x<22.
le sin slip4 a
& Solution: sin OBR
; 1 yale 1 Pe =-]
sin x coS—+cosxsin— |+]| x Sin —
sinxcos——cos
4 4 4 4
, 1
2sinxcos— =-l
asna(2 |
=—|]
2
2sin Acos B=
same
— ta
2tanx+ y a axtb)
1+0
fan
= tan'(3)=4, gi
ay
1 : :
x= ea nt, nis an integer
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.4 — Sum and Difference Identities ¢ 291
Determine the amplitude, period, and phase shift of f(x) = 3/2 sin 2x cos :+ NG: cos 2x sin ;
& Solution: To find the amplitude, period, and phase shift, the function needs to be rewritten as a single
trigonometric function.
eit
f(x= 3V2sin2xeos 7+3 2.cos
2x sin —
= 22[sin2s
cos +00s 2x in”
= ain( 20-2|
=isin2{ +2
ee
sin(90°—8@) cos(360°-6) sin(450°—6)
0 0 1
pe re ee tan-720° + tan 0°cosO + sind50° sind
cos@ 608360" cos + sin360° sin @ 1- 0° tand sin450° cos@— cos450° sin@
1 0 0 1 0
1 1 O+tan@ 0-cos@+1-sinO
cos@ 1-cos8+0-sin@
1—0-tan@ 1-cos@—0-sin@
1 1 sin0
cos@ cos oY eas cos@
1 sin’0
cos?@ cos?@
1—sin’@
cos’0
cos’@
cos’@
1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
292 # Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part IT)
a) sin15° b) cos(-75°)
SY lla
c) ets
tan5 dg)) cot——
D
e) a f) © ese(= 1052)
|W
a) sin24°cos36°+c os
24° sin 36° b) 55°
cos55°cos10°+sinsin 10°
te
5 30 1 23 1 2370s ae
:) == d) sin—cos—-—cos—— sin—
1 1 18 9 18 9
1+ tan — tan —
5 30
20 1
tan —— + tan —
Dalia, iBae ge 9 9
©) “coseaces
4 SIN-asit —— f)
8 8 8 LI ete
1— tan — tan—
9 9
Suet
3
Ores h) cos(4+B)-cosB+sin(A+B)-sinB
CSC X Sec X
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.4 — Sum and Difference Identities ¢ 293
; ke So
a) tanx=3, ind tn x4) b) sina 5 xin quadrant find si +)
: : Le, as ; Dae
e) Given that sin A= GB is in quadrant II, and f) Given that tan A= 0D is in quadrant III,
: : 1
a) cos@cos10°—sin@sin10° = A b) sin@cos12°+cos@cos
78° = =
c) cos3xcosx+sin3xsinx
=0 d) 2 tan x + tan(a—x)=v3
1 1
e) /2sin3xcos2x
=1+ V2 cos3xsin2x f) cos r+] col x2]
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
294 @ Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part II) Pre-Calculus 12
sin(A+B) cotA+cotB
a) sin(A+ B)-sin(A—B)=2sin
Bcos A b) cos(A—B) 1+cot AcotB
sec Asec B
ec(4+ B) = ————_ csc Acsc B
B) seek ) 1—tan Atan B h) esc(A-— B)=
cot B—cot A
6. Simplify
7. Find the amplitude, period, and phase shift of the following trigonometric functions.
ti 1 Enc Te iia) dt Ms 1
c) y= 3sin—xcos—+ 3cos—xsin— dd) yy =—sin— x sin ——cos—xcos —
6 3 6 3 + 2 4 2
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
296 @ Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part I)
£79
ey © \VRapter 0 — trigonometry art Pre-Calculus 12
Double-Angle Identities
The sum and difference identities may be used to develop several other trigonometric identities.
This is called the double-angle formula for sine. We can use this same process to develop double-angle
formulas for cosine and tangent.
cos2A=cos’ A—sin’ A
Starting with the double-angle formula for cosine, and replacing sin’ A with 1—cos’ A, since
sin’ 4+cos’ A=1, we obtain
cos2A=cos* A-sin? A
= cos’ A—(1—cos’ A)
cos2.A=2cos’? A-1
Again, starting with the double-angle formula for cosine, and replacing cos’ A with 1—sin? A, we obtain
cos2A=cos’ A—sin? A
= (sin A= sin 4
cos2A=1-2sin? A
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.5 — Double-Angle Identities @ 297
fa A tan 4+ tan A
1—tan Atan A
tan2 A= eu Be
1—tan* A
Double-Angle Formulas
The double-angle formulas have a variety of uses. The following examples show some of the ways double-
angle formulas can be used.
nee
4
sinx = ne
2
. -] ] . —] 1
Ee
ae aea VE byY special
SP S angles
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
4 tan 3x
Use the double-angle formula to simplify a) 12sin4xcos4x b) 4— 8cos’ 6x ¢)
1—tan? 3x_
b) 4-—8cos’ 6x =—4(2cos’ 6x — 1)
= —4cos 2(6x)
=—4cos12x
A4tan3x 4 tan 3x
1—tan? 3x 1—tan? 3x
= 4tan 2(3x)
= 4tan6x
: : sin6
Prove the identity: eee tan 3x .
1+cos6x
same
al
> Solution: y are 12)1a13" non 2 tan x
a
Z bj =—5
1—tan* x
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written
permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.5 — Double-Angle Identities ¢ 299
Power-Reducing Identities
The power-reducing identities are just the double angle identities written in a different way.
If we take the double-angle identity cos2x =1—2sin’ x and solve for sin’ x:
cos2x =1—2sin’x
2sin?
x =1—cos2x
1—cos2x
sin? x=
2
Because the identity expresses a sine function of the second power in terms of a cosine function of the first
power, it is called a power-reducing identity.
Repeat the double-angle identity with cos2x =2cos’ x—1 and solve for cos’ x :
cos 2x =2cos’
x-1
2cos’
x =1+cos2x
2_._ 1+cos2x
cos’ x =
2
: : : sin@
To write tangent we use the identity tan@ = ——., thus
cos@
Cos 2x
bane ue a 2 _! cos 2x
. 2 SS
Power-Reducing Formulas
1-
aes ed eos 24)
2 2
1+cos2A
COs eee tacos 24)
2 2
ee! l1—cos2A
1+cos2A
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
300 # Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part II) Pre-Calculus 12
ere. Si
a) 8sin5xcos5x b) Sy.
4sin—cos—5
8 tan 4x
c) 2sin? 2x —2cos? 2x d)
1— tan’ 4x
sin’ =—2
D 2cos? 8x —1
sin 6x
k) sin4x csc 2x —2cos2x
2 sin 3x
0) 4
1—cos8x Pp)
tan 3x —cot3x
a) sin2x+cosx=0 b) sinx+cos2x=1
e) csc’
x =2sec2x f) tanx—cotx=2
g) tan2x+tanx=0 h) 4sin?
x =2-cos’ 2x
ss rrr ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
302 ¢ Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part ID)
Pre-Calculus 12
Me
Yi d) cot x —cosx
ee sin 2x
eee
cotx—tanx l-—sinx l—cos2x
Pee er enn he 0 oe
opyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. eae ea Po ~epees ome ee
No part of this publication may be reproduced without written
eee ee
permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.5 — Double-Angle Identities # 303
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
SE
eeeeeiigontir(Patth:
10. Write sin? xcos* x in terms ofthe first 11. Write sin* x+cos*x in terms of the first
power of cosine. power of cosine.
PS)
15
(oe) aN Ol
Chapter Review
2. Simplify: sin*@—cos*é
a) -—1
b) -cos20
c) cos 20
d) -—cos4@
3. Simplify: cos(90°+
a)
a) -—sina@
b) -—cosa@
Cc) sin &
d) cosa
‘ 1
4. How many solutions are there for the equation Aes =1, 0<x<2n?
a) 0
b) 1
¢) 2
d) 4
a) tanx—tany
b) tan y—tanx
c) tanx+tany
d) tanxtan y—tan ytanx
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Me
m
306 @ Chapter e
6 — Trigonom
e e etry (Part II) m
Pre-Calculus 12
: sin 2x
6. ‘Simplify ==
== = =
Buy 1+cos2x
a) tanx
b) cscx
Cc) secx
d) cotx
8. XY ye
Simplify:
plify cos aes
sin=
1 a3
a) —sin—x
DS:
b) 2sin=
5
Cc) Dg s
3
d) tan =
3
a) csc’x
b) sec? x
¢)s Sane
d) 2sin? x
aye lem a —t
b) cos’ x—sin’ x
c) 1-—2cos’ x
d) sin’ x—cos’ x
a) -3
b) 0
Cs
d) 7
a) 0.59, 3.25
b) 0.59, 31455 3.25
C06 lh 3.27
d) 3.02
a) 3.14
b) 1.96, 4.33
¢). 2.01,,4:38
d) 1.96, 3.14, 4.33
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
308 ¢ Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part I) Pre-Calculus 12
a) -a-b
b) -a+b
Cc) a=)
d) atb
a) cot A
b) -cotA
c) tan A
d) -tan A
Laniees— COts 6
a) 2
b) 0
c) —2cosx
d) 2cosx
: ee : SCx
21. What is/are the restriction(s) for the expression: 1
cosx
a) cscx4#0
b) cosx#0
c) sinx #0
d) sinx#0, cosx#0
af 5S: Rote RD
22. Simplify: cos—cos—-—sin—sin—
Te arene sees 5
eX
a) sin—
12
b) Fr
IP
c) cos——
1
d) ee
12
: 1
23. How many solutions does cos’x =— have, a>1, 0Sx<2z?
a
a) 1
b)2
c) 3
d)4
24. How many solutions does the following equation have over the interval, 0° <@< 360°.
25. How many solutions does the equation (2sin3x —1)(cos2x+1)=0 have over the interval, 0< x <2?
a): 53
b) 6
Cc). 28
d) 10
tna ee
tan x + sin x
a) cscx
b) secx
c) tanx
d) cotx
a) tanx
b) cotx
Cleiseca
d) cscx
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
310 Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part II) Pre-Calculus 12
1 ;
a) ai+n, nan integer
1
b) Fi+2nt, nan integer
1
Cc) a +n, nan integer
1
d) = +2nn, nan integer
a)
ala
wla
aA
d) 27
sec x—1
a) 2tan’x
b) 2cot*x
ec) tan*x
d) cot*x
: eee cot x
32. Determine the restrictions for ——————
2+3cosx
2
a) BOS cosx #0
b) OE ee cosx #0
y ,
c) ae sinx #0
4, oe
d) cosx#—-—, sinx+0
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 6.6 — Chapter Review @ 311
35. For f(x)=cosbx, b>0, find the smallest positive value of x that produces a minimum value for f(x).
a) 0
b
1
ae
) 2b
3
c) b
ae 2b
a) -—secx
b) -cscx
c) csc x
d) secx
a) —2sys2
by 20 s37.52
ec) Os ys<4
d) -4<y<4
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
312 Chapter 6 — Trigonometry (Part ID) Pre-Calculus 12
_(
40. Simplify: colEo cos Ex]-sin{ Zo sin 2
a) 0
1
b) 5
c)
v3
—
2,
20
d) 2p
sin A l—cosA
42.. Simplify: —————_ —
a 1+cos A sin A
a) 0
b) 2csc A
c) 2cscA
2sin A
1+cos A
1 Rae
43. If sin A= 3 and A is in quadrant II, then sin24 has what value?
a) “3
p
Des 2
4/2
¢) vee
9
4/2
oa
3 Sin gh
44. What is the value of sin(A+ B) if sin A= A and cos B= Pe with both A and B fourth quadrant angles?
a) -l
7
b) - a
Cit =
7.
d) =
2h ne :
a) ——-+——, nan integer
3 b
2m nt :
by —+—, ran integer
3b. 3b
2 Lnh
C)) >t ———., nan integes
3 b
2
d) ee bnx , nan integer
a) 0
b) -—2sinx
eye wl sin x
d) 2cosx
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
314 ¢@ Chapter
314
(Part) 6 — Trigonometry (Part II)
Chapter6—Trigonometry Pre-Calculus 12
i
49. Determine the general solution for cos2x = wi
1Sane A Dare. f
a) —+—n, ——+—7n,
nan integer
oe ee Sate
1 20 :
b) eee ; Pee n an integer
OTe 1k :
c) —+—n, —+—n, nan integer
iy 2 i 2
51 ths :
d) —+2n, —+2n, nan integer
1 2
20 4 :
a) xX=n7, ae arin) fuat! sucact
4 :
b) x= Stnm, x= 24 2ne, x=—"+2nm, nan integer
51 70
Cia, ee i eS See Ra
5 7
d) xattnn, xa 42ne, x= 24 2nm, n an integer
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 7.1— Combinatorics ¢ 315
Combinatorics
Many problems require careful analysis of complex events. Combinatorics’ basic roots are to develop
systematic ways of counting. These systematic counting methods will allow the solving of complex counting
problems that are used in all facets of life.
Then the first task followed by the second and so on can be performed ina-b-c ... different ways
The counting principle can be extended to any number of events, providing the outcome of no one event
influences the outcome of another. These events are called independent events.
A man has 4 shirts and 5 pairs of pants. How many different outfits can he wear?
A particular automobile has 4 different models, 3 sizes of motors and 6 colour schemes.
How many different ways could an automobile be ordered?
The first 4 questions on a quiz are true-false questions, while the next 6 questions are
multiple choice with possible answers a, b, c, d and e. How many different possible answer
sequences are there for these 10 questions?
» Solution: The first 4 questions on the quiz can be answered in 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 = 2* ways, and the next
6 questions can be answered in 5 x 5x5 x5x5x5-= 5° ways. So, the total number of
different sequences are 2*x 5° =250 000
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
316 Chapter 7 — Combinatorics Pre-Calculus 12
How many telephone numbers are available with the 728 prefix?
» Solution: A prefix in a telephone number is followed by a 4-digit number. Each digit has a choice
of 10 numbers, 0 to 9, for each digit. Thus 10-10-10-10=10000 possible numbers with
prefix 728.
> Solution: Five events are involved. You have 5 choices for the first spot. The second spot is not
influenced by the first spot since the book has already been chosen, therefore you have
4 choices, then 3 choices, then 2 choices, and then |. Thus, by the counting principle,
there are 5-4-3-2-1=120 arrangements.
Tree Diagrams
A tree diagram is a very good way to visualize and count the number of outcomes of an event in a systematic
way of fundamental counting principle.
ar qe ae
F 408iet
i eee igh dh 4p
F ah tel
Re
eae iP FFT
F FF OR
8 Outcomes
In the previous problem, using the fundamental counting principle was probably easier than using a tree
diagram. Many complicated problems of the counting principle are much easier to solve using a tree diagram.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 7.1 — Combinatorics ¢ 317
Don and Pat are in a fishing tournament. The first person to catch 2 fish in a row or 3 fish in
total wins the tournament. How many different outcomes are possible?
ee
& Solution:
Factorial Notation
The product of the consecutive positive integers from | to 7 is given a special name, n factorial, which is
written n!
Note: when solving for n, since n must be a positive integer, reject fractions, zeros, and negative solutions.
Simplify 5!
5!=5-4-3-2-1=120
Simplify 86!
Paap 2
! -85.84!
& Solution: eu) = pULSD EDS: = 86-85= 7310
84! 84!
20!—18!
Simplify is
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
See
E
318 ¢ Chapter
epi 7 — Combina
Combina
O torics
torics S Pre-Calculus 12
Simplify es :
!
> Solution: Take the largest factorial value and reduce it to the lowest factorial value, then cancel.
(a+)! Se
ae
Gi)! wt!
How many different words can be made using all the letters in abcde?
!
Solve for n; —“— =
(n—-2)!
n!
ion:
> Solution =
(nd)! rl
(n—3)(n+2)=0
P Solution: 3\(n+1)!=5\(n—1)!
A (n+ Nino
=5-4- !
ft(pty
(n+1)(n)=5-4
n +n=20
n +n—20=0
(n+5)(n—4)=0
1. Suppose Sam can travel from Calgary to Vancouver by car, train or bus, and from Vancouver to Victoria by
boat or plane.
a) How many different modes of transportation b) Make a list of different possible transportation
can Sam use to travel from Calgary to modes for Sam.
Victoria?
2. There are 4 roads between cities A and B, and 3 roads between cities B and C.
a) How many ways can a person travel from A b) How many ways can a person make a round
to C by way of B? trip from A to C and back to A by way of B?
c) How many ways can a person make a round trip from A to C and back to A by way of B, without
using any road twice?
3. A math quiz consists of 5 multiple-choice 4. A coin is tossed. If it comes out heads, a die is
questions with 4 choices each. How many then tossed once; if a tail appears, the coin is
possible answer keys are there? tossed one more time. How many outcomes
are possible? List these possibilities.
5. Ifa student has a choice of 6 different 6. Ina7 horse race, Bill thinks horses 1, 4, 6 will
computers, 4 different monitors and 5 different be the top 3 horses in the race, but not
printers, how many ways can a person select a necessarily in that order. If Bill is correct, how
computer system? many different outcomes are possible?
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
320 @9 Chapter
Sev
NN — Combinatorics
Chapter 7/—Combimatorics Pre-Calculus 12
7. A breakfast consists of the following menu: 8. The maze below is constructed so a novice
Tai , fruit must pass through a series of one-way doors.
VA pee mee Bek od ifferent paths are possible?
Toast: white, whole wheat How many diffe P P
Eggs: scrambled, over easy, poached
Beverage: coffee, tea, milk '
9. A license plate consists of 3 letters followed by 3 digits. Determine the total number of possible license
plates if the following conditions apply:
a) there are no restrictions on letters or digits b) no letter or number can be repeated
c) aletter or digit can be used twice d) a letter can be used twice and a number
only once.
10. How many different 3-letter “words” are possible such that the letters of each word are all different, and are in
alphabetical order? (For example, the “word” ADF is in alphabetical order.)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 7.1 — Combinatorics ¢ 321
11. List all possible outcomes for the gender of the 12. Bruce plays a game in which he has an equal
children in a family that has 3 children. chance’of winning or losing. He'starts with
$1.00 and plays by betting $1.00 each time.
Ifhe wins, he gains $1; if he loses, he loses $1.
He plays until he has $0 or up to 4 bets. How
many ways can the betting occur?
13. Ray and Ann play in a tennis tournament. The 14. Trisha goes to a restaurant to order either a
first person to win two games out of three wins sandwich or a hamburger. She can use
the tournament. How many outcomes are mustard, ketchup or relish. Trisha never has
ketchup on her sandwich, and never mixes
possible?
ketchup and relish. How many different
combinations are possible?
15. A town has only 3 T.V. stations A, B, C with starting time for different shows listed. If you decide to watch
T.V. continuously from 7:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m., how many different combinations of complete shows are
possible? You can’t switch stations half-way through a show, or switch to shows already started.
Time
7:00 + | 10:00
7:00 7:30 = 10:00
7:00 7:30 9:30 10:00 |
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
322 Chapter 7 — Combinatorics Pre-Calculus 12
17. a) Write 20-19-18 - 17 in factorial notation. b) How many ways can 6 different books be
arranged on a shelf?
c) How many different numbers can be made d) How many ways can 7 books be arranged on
using all the digits 1, 2,3, 4,5, 6 and 7 ? a shelf if there is room for only 4 books?
(n—1)\n+1)! (Qn-l)iGieiy!
2 (n'y? Y (2n+1)'(n-1)!
ni—(n—-1)! n!—6(n—2)!
®) ae v (n—3)(n-2)!
19. Solve:
3(n—1)!_ (2n-1)! |
ema Y, Mees
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without
written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 7.2 — Permutations @ 323
Permutations
Permutation (Rule A)
A permutation is the fundamental counting principle put into a formula. The following three restrictions must
hold to be a permutation.
Permutation Requirements
A permutation is the arrangement of r objects chosen from n objects with (r <n). The number of permutations
ofn objects taken r at a time is denoted by P(n,r)= P.
1St term
2nd term
| 3rd term rth term
Pir) = 1 =n Ron 2) (ner 1))
= n(n-1)(n—2)---(n—r
+1)
Telephone numbers are a good example of a permutation. The phone number 538-2783, for example, is
different from 583-2783.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
by
How many different 3-digit numbers can be made using the numbers 1, 2,3, 4,5, 6,7
only using each number once?
How many ways can a president, vice president and treasurer be selected from a
class of 25 students?
Zo)
ae =DS e228ok!
=13 800 ways.
= 25-24-23
Cs 22!
How many ways can 4 books be arranged on a shelf if they are selected from
10 different books?
10! POO
OS" F340!
» Solution: P(10, 4) = = =10-9
-8-7 =5 040 ways.
(10-4)! 6! 6!
From 25 raffle tickets, 5 tickets are to be selected in order. The first ticket wins $250, the
second $200, the third $150, the fourth $100 and the fifth $50. How many ways can these
prizes be awarded?
Permutation (Rule B)
So far, all examples of permutations have been distinguishable permutations. What we mean by that is that all
the objects are different from one another. Suppose you had the letters a, b, c, and d and were asked to form all
words using these four letters. Your answer would be
41 4! 4.3.2.1
P(n,r)= P(4,4)= = 24 words
CLA VE
The answer would be different if the letters you had to work with were a, a, b, c. This is an example of a
permutation that is non-distinguishable, meaning that you cannot tell one apart from another. In the 24 words
formed with a, a, b, and c, half will appear the same because we cannot distinguish between the two a’s. Thus,
we can only have 12 unique words.
The number of permutations of n objects in which n, are alike, n, are alike, etc., is
n!
SS WIS Dn hee een
ee On Pie k
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 7.2 — Permutations ¢ 325
How many different 4-letter “words” can be formed using the letters in the word WEED?
» Solution: Since there are 4 letters, the total possible ways are 4! = 24 words, but the two “E”s are
non-distinguishable, so eliminate this duplication by dividing by 2!
] !
or z = a = 12 different words.
Oras Thy 52)
The 12 words are as follows: weed eewd deew ewde
wede eedw dewe edwe
wdee ewed dwee_ edew = 12 words
How many different words can be formed using the letters in the word BANANA?
Thus
n!
——————_ = =
Glo 4-3! = 60
Eton wee asa
2toll 3's) 1.1
Thus, there are 60 different ways using all the letters in banana.
How many different words can be formed using the letters in the word MISSISSIPPI?
! ! . Or fas say)
Ths eee ee $-7-f-5 Se 21007
95 34G50
nintenin! Wall 4 £.3.04.04
Thus, there are 34 650 different ways using all the letters in Mississippi.
The Vancouver Canucks have 20 players consisting of 12 forwards, 6 defence, and 2 goalies.
How many ways can you arrange these 3 groups of players?
» Solution: 4
ra ee Oe eG 78 17 1615 Taka wih op apie
ni-ntn! 121-602! i. 6.£.4.4.2.1.2.1
Thus, the forwards, defence, and goalies can be arranged in 3 527 160 ways.
Find the number of different ways of placing 16 balls in a row given that 4 are black,
3 are white, 7 are red, and 2 are blue.
> Solution: We want to find the number of distinguishable permutations of these balls.
! !
Speer eee NO 214 414 400
Bane ale Sha)
| 2)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
326 #@ Chapter
326 7 — Combinatorics
Chapter7—Combimatorics 2
Rule A Questions
3. How many ways can the batting order of a . How many different groups of four letters can
9-member softball team be listed? be made from the letters A, B, C, D, E and F if
the letters can only be used once?
5. How many ways can 3 boys and 3 girls sit in a row if:
a) there are no restrictions on where they sit b) all the boys sit together, and all the girls
in the row? sit together?
c) only the boys must sit together, the girls d) boys and girls alternate?
choosing the other seats?
6. Six people line up for a ride on a toboggan, 7. A person must deliver packages to 6 different
but only two of the six are allowed to sit in the locations. If the order is randomly determined,
front position. How many different ways can how many routes are possible if the exact
they be seated? opposite route does not count as a different
route?
ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 7.2 — Permutations ¢ 327
a
8. How many ways can 5 people A, B, C, D and 9. How many ways can 5 people A, B, C, D and
E sit in a row if A must be to the left of B but E sit in a row if A and B cannot sit next to
not necessarily next to each other? each other?
10. How many ways can 5 couples sit in a row ina 11. How many ways can 5 people be seated
movie theatre if all couples must sit together? around a round table so that the relative
arrangements of the people in the group is
different?
Rule B Questions
12. How many different 10-letter “words” can 13. A football team plays a 10-game schedule.
be made using the letters from the word How many ways can the schedule end with
STATISTICS? 5 wins, 3 losses and 2 ties?
14. Nine people apply for a job in which 2 people 15. How many different codes can be made using
are selected to work in an office and 3 in the the letters A, A, B, B, B, C, C, C, D, D if the
workyard. In how many different ways can code must contain all 10 letters?
the selection be made?
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
16. How many ways can 5 apple trees, 4 pear 17. In how many ways can 30 teachers be assigned
trees, and 3 cherry trees be arranged along a to 6 schools, with each school receiving an
equal number of teachers?
fence line?
18. a) How many different arrangements are b) How many of these arrangements begin with
there using all the letters in the word the letter C?
ECONOMICS?
c) How many of these arrangements do not d) How many of these arrangements have the
begin with a C? two C’s together?
19. In how many ways can 12 jurors and 3 alternate 20. Point B is 4 blocks east, and 5 blocks north
jurors be selected from a group of 25 prospective of point A. Point C is 7 blocks north, and
jurors? 4 blocks east of point B. How many paths are
there from point A to point C going north and
east only?
21. How many ways can 6 people work at 3 different offices if 2 people are in each office and 2 individuals refuse
to work together?
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 7.3 — Combinations ¢ 329
Combinations |
We now look at the last, but very important, type of counting principle. The distinguishing aspect of a
permutation is that the order of the object is significant (e.g., ab and ba are different). However, in many
situations, order does not matter. For example, a 5-card card hand. The order in which the 5 cards are dealt
makes no difference to the card hand. Therefore, a combination is the arrangement of r objects chosen from n
objects such that
Remember, there are _P =r! permutations ofr distinct objects. But this different ordering of distinct objects
are not to be counted separately. Therefore, to get a formula for the number of ways in which r objects can be
selected from a set of 7 distinct objects without regard to the order, we divide _P =r!
Combination Formula
n
If C(n,r)= C= represents the number of combinations of 7 objects taken r at a
r
time, then
Note: The only difference between a permutation and a combination is that order makes a difference in a
: ; : «they A
permutation, and order does not make a difference in a combination. is a symbol used in many
-
books to indicate a combination.
ee :
6 \imee!
= ——
6! 65-4! |,
= — =—— = ]5 ways
pee DGmay) 9Dial eat :
The order of the 2 people selected does not matter.
How many five-card hands are possible in a regular card deck of 52 cards?
52!
> Solution: Cs = 512-5)! = 2 598 960 different card hands.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
330 @ Chapter 7 — Combinatorics Pre-Calculus 12
49! ’ Siero
> Solution:
ion: C(49, 6) = 61(49
—_—_—6)!
_= different p possibilities.
13 983 816 different
6) {4 6! 4!
» Solution: Pie preecen- 90 ways.
Solve AC, = 66
n!|
» Solution: eT ! = 66
@a2yb2
a
n(n—-1)(n rN!
2)! _ 66%
(n-2)!
n(n—1)=132
n’ —n—132=0
(n—12)(n+11)=0
n=-11,12 reject-11 thereforen=12
A defensive football team has 10 lineman, 8 linebackers, and 5 safeties. How many different
teams of 5 linemen, 3 linebacks, and 3 safeties can be formed?
An urn contains 6 red balls and 4 green balls. In how many ways can 4 balls be chosen such
that exactly 2 are green?
4
> Solution: Of 4 green balls, you want 2, thus a ; of 6 red balls, you want 2, thus | $
2
4
Therefore, . : =90 ways.
DON 2
If night school offers 100 courses, 8 of which are in mathematics, and you select 4 courses
by random selection, how many possibilities include one mathematics course?
» Solution: If there are 100 courses, 8 of which are mathematics, then 92 are not in mathematics.
Pick 3 out of 92 non-mathematics courses and | out of 4 in mathematics.
92) 18 ety at
; }()= 1 004 640 possibilities include one mathematics course
e eee eee
O
Os UST a PD) Se ree
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 7.3 — Combinations ¢ 331
1. For each of the following problems, tell whether permutation or combination should be used to solve
the problem.
a) How many 5-digit code numbers are possible if no digit is repeated?
b) A-sample of 5 marbles is selected from a bag of 15 marbles. How many different samples
are possible?
c) A combination lock consists of 3 selected numbers from a choice of 60 numbers. From any 3 sets
of numbers, how many combinations are possible?
d) Inahockey tournament of 6 teams, each team must play each other once. How many games
are played?
2. Solve ,C; =7n using algebra. 3. How many ways can a committee of 3 people
be chosen from 20 people in the Environment
Club?
4. A sample of 5 people is selected from 5. You have a penny, nickel, dime, quarter,
3 smokers and 12 non-smokers. In how many loonie, and toonie in your pocket. If you pull
ways can the 5 people be selected? out 3 coins, how many different sums are
possible?
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
6. Ten college students, including a married 7. From a regular 52-card deck, how many 5-card
hands have exactly 3 hearts and 2 clubs?
couple, are4 eligible to ae
attend a national
conference. Four students can attend, and the
married couple will only go as a pair. How
many different possibilities are possible?
a) How many chords can be drawn using the b) How many triangles can be drawn using the
points marked on the circumference? marked points as vertices?
c) How many quadrilaterals can be drawn d) What is the general formula used for n
using the marked points as vertices? distinct points and r vertices?
9. Twelve students, consisting of 5 men and 7 women, 10. A box of 30 flashbulbs contain 5 defective bulbs.
apply for a job. In how many ways can 4 jobs be In how many ways can 6 bulbs be selected if:
awarded amongst the students if:
a) there is no restriction on what bulb is
a) there is no restriction on awarding the job? selected?
b) 2 men and 2 women must be hired? b) only non-defective bulbs can be selected?
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 7.3 — Combinations ¢ 333
c) full house —3 ofa kind plus a pair d) flush —5 cards all of the same suit,
e.g.,44499. e.g. 5 hearts, but not including a 5-card
straight flush.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
OS
334
e Chapte
IN ANEr 7 —De
Combin
n atorics er re!
Pre-Calculus 12
Binomial Theorem
The binomial theorem is a method for expanding an expression of the form (x + y)”, where 7 is a positive
integer.
0
Pascal’s Triangle Sum of row
(x+y) =)
1 2°=1
1
(x+y) = Xsrey, and =>
ab bts) 2
(x+y) =x" +2xy+y bem =4
2
Expand (x+y)
=x + 4x7?y+6x7y? +4xy? + y*
Expand (2x — ty
Many times we may be interested in only a specific term of the binomial expansion. If you examine the specific
terms of the two examples above, or any other binomial expansion, the following formula for a special term
should become apparent.
Note: First term t, has combination ,C, not ,C, (common mistake).
!
44 term) f= nce) “Clyne aa (x’)\(-8y’) =—960x’y’
10
Find the coefficient of x* in the expansion of (vx- 2)
t= 180%"
Therefore, coefficient is 180.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
336 Chapter 7 — Combinatorics Pre-Calculus 12
1. Expand (x+y) by
2. Expand (x?-—2y)° by
3. Expand Gad by
of
4
1
4. Expand [r= by
2y
a) Pascal’s Triangle b) binomial expansion
ee ee ees wee a ee ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 7.4 — Binomial Theorem ¢ 337
15
5, Determine the 6" term of (x—2y)’. 6. Determine the 11‘ term of [amat,y -
1 7
7. Determine the next to last term of [=— 1); 8. Determine the middle term of (3a+2b’)°.
Mv
1 6
9. Which term of [=~ 4) is a constant? 10. Determine the value of the constant term of
x
2x2 me :
a
11. The 4" term of [2-2) is —15x’. 12. The 7" term of (2x-1)” is 112x’.
Determine 7.
Determine n.
13. Determine 5, such that (x—b)'° has the 14. Determine b, such that (2x+5)’ has the
term —1875x’. term 1512x°.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
338 @¢ Chapter
338 7 — Combinatorics
Chapter7—Combinatorics 00 Pre-Caleulus #2
Pathway Problems —
One of the most interesting types of problem to come out of permutations and the binomial expansion are
pathway problems. These types of problems are widely used in networking in the communication field.
2) Using the pattern from Pascal’s Triangle for the binomial expansion.
How many different ways going down and to the right can a person go from A to B?
a) A b) A
Method 1 (Permutations)
a) (3 squares across and 2 squares down) x (2 squares across and 2 squares down)
>! 4!
Therefore, by the counting principle x< a
= 60 ways
Be 2s
If you can only move right and down, then at any given node you could have come from up or
left. Add those two numbers for the ways to reach the new node.
NT ea | b)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 7.5 — Pathway Problems ¢ 339
1. How many paths, going down and to the right, are there from point A to point B?
a) A b) rm
‘ SannES
c) A d) A
B B
e) A f) A
: Hoe
g) A h) A
Sor ;
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
340 Chapter 7 — Combinatorics
c) The checker cannot jump over d) The checker can jump over
the X encountered. the X encountered.
Chapter Review
5. How many ways can 6 students arrange themselves around a circular table?
a) 5
b) 120
c) 714
d) 720
6. How many different eight-letter words can be formed using the letters of the word “CANADIAN?”
a) 3360
b) 6720
ce) 13.440
d) 40320
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
342 ¢ Chapter 7 — Combinatorics
Pre-Calculus 12
a) AG
b) n-r C.
oe
d) n ie
1 8
a) 8 Sx
= ae
MeOky”
.
b) a ees
|8x Basox’
;
ae
16 ox 28x"
Cc) — ;
ms NY
d) 16 Rx 6K-
a OY
A bag contains 7 white and 5 black marbles. How many ways can 3 white and 2 black marbles be chosen?
a) 45
b) 230
c) 280
d) 350
10. A farmer wants to buy 3 cows and 2 pigs from an auction of 5 cows,
3 horses and 6 pigs. How many
choices does the farmer have?
a) 25
b) 90
c) 120
d) 150
12. There are 3 roads from town A to town B, and 3 roads from
town B to town C. Ifno road can be travelled
more than once, how many ways can a person travel from town
A to town B to town C and back home again?
a) 12
b) 36
c) 42
d) 81
13. A person has 3 loonies in his pocket and bets $1.00 on the flip of a coin. Ifa coin is flipped 4 times, how
many ways can he end up with 5 loonies?
a) 1
b)2
ey 3
d)4
14. An English test consists of 10 essay questions. You must answer any 3 of the first 5 questions and any 2 of
the last 5 questions. How many ways can you choose the 5 essays you will write?
a) 20
b) 60
c) 100
d) 120
15. Moving only to the right or down, how many different routes exist to get from point A to point B?
& a) 210 b) 240 c) 270 d) 300
16. In the first 15 games of the season the Ravens won six games, lost five and tied the rest. In how many
different ways could the results be played?
a) 120
D)in ull N20
©) 630630
d) 2073600
17. In a standard deck of 52 cards, how many different 5S-card hands contain exactly four hearts?
ay) 30715
b) 17160
c) 27885
d) 669240
18. In the expansion of (3x —2y)’ , determine the coefficient of the term containing x°y’.
a) —20412
ere
c) 972
d) 20412
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
SE
e
344 @ Chapt
EE er ie
7n A natorics nai
— Combi
CC
Pre-Ca , 12
lculus
19. Moving only to the right or down, how many different routes exist to get from point A to point B?
os a) 21 b) 25 c) 29 d) 35
20. Moving only to the right and down, how many different paths exist to
get from A to C going through B?
a) 40 b) 50 c) 60 d) 126
21. How many paths are there for the checker to reach
the spot marked with an x on the checker board?
A checker must stay on the shaded Squares and cannot
move backwards.
a) 35 b) 40 c) 45 d) 50
a) n—l
b) n+l
ec) n—n
d) n +n
25. A school student body can elect a president and a vice-president in 14 520 ways. If every grade 11 student
in the school is eligible to run for these positions, how many grade 11 students are in the school?
aye i2t
b) 122
ec) 123
d) 124
26. Fifteen students consisting of 6 males and 9 females apply for a job. In how many ways can 3 jobs be
awarded amongst the students if at least 2 jobs must go to women?
a) 96
b) 120
c) 216
d) 300
ZT. How many different ways are there to arrange the letters in the word “TSAWWASSEN”?
a) 100800
b) 151 200
c) 453 600
d) 3628 800
28. Linda is one of 8 teachers in the Mathematics department. In how many different ways can three of the
teachers be chosen so that Linda is one of the chosen teachers?
ay 2)
b) 35
c) 42
d) 56
29. In n!, the expansion is n(n—1)(n—2)---3- 2-1. What is the ** term ofthis expansion?
a) Ga=yr
b) n+r
cy nr
dad) 2aSr+1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
30. Determine the middle term of (2a—3b’)’.
a) ,C,(2a)*(-3b’)"
bere (2a) (-3b’)
d) ,C,(2a)*(-36*)*
zear nse ak
(n—3)! (n—2)!
a) n—2
b) n+2
©) —2n+2
d) —4n+2
32. Assuming that at least one coin is used, how many different sums of money can be made with a penny,
nickel, dime, quarter, and dollar?
aes!
b) 32
c) 63
d) 64
33. Sam and Bruce play a golf match. The first person to win 2 holes in a row, or a total of 3 holes, wins the
match. How many different ways can a winner be determined?
ay 7
b) 8
oy
d) 10
34. Determine the next to last term in the binomial expansion of (x—2y)°.
a) —240x’y*
b) -192xy
ce) 192xy
Me 2A0ray
35. What is the value of the constant term of the binomial [ — 1)?
x
a) —126
b) -84
c) 84
is E26
a
ree, a ee ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 7.6 — Chapter Review @ 347
36. When solving for n with | P =20n algebraically, what answers are eliminated because of restrictions
on factorial notation?
a) -—4, 0
b) -3, 0
c) 2, 0
d) -1, 0
37. A bag contains 7 white and 5 black balls. How many ways can 3 balls of the same colour be drawn?
Bi) need
b) 45
ce) 220
d) 230
38. Simplify a
(n—2)(n—-2)!
a) n-1
b) n+l
ce) n-n-2
d) n+n-2
n=2
39. A 5-card hand is dealt from a deck of 52 cards. How many different 5-card hands contain a pair of aces plus
another pair of a different kind?
a) 144
b) 1584
c) 1728
d) 19008
Ellie has 20 different pairs of shoes — 8 black pairs, 7 red pairs, and 5 white pairs.
41. How many selections of 3 pairs of shoes are possible if at least one pair of shoes is black?
a) 140
b) 920
c) 1840
d) 5520
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
348 @ Chapter 7 — Combinatorics
42. How many selections of 3 pairs of shoes are possible if at most one pair of shoes
is black?
a) 220
b) 228
c) 528
d) 748
most one club?
43. In a standard deck of 52 cards, how many different 5-card hands contain at
a) 270725
bi, Sr TST
c) 1069 263
d) 1645 020
1 must be
44. How many seven-digit numbers using all the digits, 1, 2,3, 4, 5, 6,7, are possible if the digit
before the digit 7, but not necessarily adjacent to it?
aye nst20
by) 2520
c) 5040
d) 12500
45. How many ways can 4 math books, 3 physics books, and 2 chemistry books be arranged on a shelf if the
subjects must be together, and math books must be to the left of physics books?
a) 144
b) 288
c) 576
d) 864
Jerry and Andy have tickets to share for 10 different hockey games. Since Andy is younger, he gets the first
2 picks, then selections are made alternately, with Jerry getting the last 2 remaining tickets.
47. How many choices does Andy have for his first 2 picks?
ay 10
b) 45
Cir ow
d) 100
JOU! eS ae ee er
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Section 7.6 — Chapter Review # 349
3n(n—-2)!
49. When solving: =105, algebraically for n, what answer is eliminated because of restrictions
(n-3)!
on factorial notation?
a) —5
b) -—4
c) —3
d) —2
50. How many ways can 6 students arrange themselves around a circular table if 2 people must not sit next
to each other?
a) 60
by) ng
c) 96
d) 120
51. Three boys and their dates have 6 seats at a hockey game. In how many ways can they be seated if each
boy and his date sit together?
a) 12
b) 24
c) 36
d) 48
52. How many ways can 3 boys and 3 girls sit in a row if boys and girls are to sit in alternate seats?
a) 18
b) 36
cy 2
d) 216
53. How many ways can 4 men and 3 women sit in a row such that men and women are seated alternately?
a) 12
by 72
c) 144
d) 288
54. Ten sets of twins (20 people) are applying for 3 committee positions. If no sets of twins are allowed ona
committee, how many ways can the committee be chosen?
a) 960
b) 1920
c) 5760
d) 6120
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
350 @ Chapter 7 — Combinatorics Pre-Calculus 12
55. In how many ways can a teacher choose one or more students from 6 eligible students?
a) 31
b) 32
Cj 63
d) 64
56. In how many ways could the six starting players of a hockey game line up in a row if the three forwards
must be together?
a) 24
b) 72
c) 144
ad). 720
57. In how many ways can a flag football team of seven players be selected from 10 boys and eight girls if there
must be at most four players of each sex on the team?
a) 16800
b) 20160
c) 23520
d) 25200
a) r=4
D) 75
c) 724
Dier=120
59. Assuming that at least one coin is used, how many different sums of money can be made from 2 pennies,
2 dimes, and 3 quarters?
a). (55
b) 36
cy) 12h
d) 128
a) eG
Dr
) me
G) Cras
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written
permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 1 — Solutions # 351
Solutions
Transformation Solutions
1 5
f) “at
4 g) 1 he
) 63
2. a) 2x? +3x+4+4,
all real numbers b) boas eeey x0 Ce, 0) d) 3x, x #0
x
D 2 + =
pO
2(2x-1
py ae yo
Be 2 2 x-1
h) 2x° —x* —2x+1, all real numbers
—x*+6x? + 1
3. a) ea hae x#41,—— b) 0 c) x5+2x! d) x5 +2x'
(x° —1)(2x +1) 2
i) 6x*-3x-3 jy -9
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
352 Chapter 1 — Solutions
(ff)(x)
= x* —8x? +16 (f f)(x) = 4x4 — 42° - 11x? +6x+9 (FN0= x>0
[L]on=x-2, Bea [Z}= L4—3, Le H| (Ff) (x)=x, x20
& 4
d) (f+g)(x)=Vx4+2x2, x20
(f-g)(a)=Vx-x?, x20
(fg)(x)=x?Vx, x20
C= eee
[E)nco= ah x20
b) Cc) d)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 1 — Solutions @ 353
y _,{cl-1
d) s(g(O)=s7O+) e) naco=a 1] f su@n=4[ 5)
2Undefined
8) (hegog)3)=h(g(g(2))) bi Choe
ii DasssEy) i) (johe f-3)=J ASC3))
=h(g(3)) = f(F(6)) = j(h(25))
= (4) = (55) = j(5)
=5 = 5886
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
—ej (7(4)
gs)ece
2: Deat k) (fohe j\2)= FAG) Il) f(g FC2)y)
=g(j(2)) : (i(3)] I(i(g 5)
10 i (416)
-<(i7] = f(5) (3)
se! = 36 Nag
Nig 1
“16
3. a)1 b) 2 c) f(3)=4 d) f(-2)=0 e) g()=2
f) g(6)=-4 _ g) f(2)isundefined h) g(0) is undefined
4.2) (fogyax)=V2x-1,
x25 b) (foai(s)= “EAD x41 ©) (foghxax? t4r43,
all real numbers
(go f\(x)=2Vx+2-3, x=-2 (g° f\x)=5—, x#0,2
(go f\(x)=x° —2x+3,
all real numbers
8) (feg)(x)=3x-12,
x#4 hy (fcee\x)= ps‘|-520
(go f\(x)=——,
3-4
x#0,=43 (ede Neem x#-1,5
|x-2|-3
Ce TO re -e (fog\)=x ai faeyyeey
ees
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 1 — Solutions ¢ 355
0) ESO Ee ee Z
BO
2h Fy
2
ge
dy SOP) SOULE See 5.) >!
h h xh(x+h) xh(x+h) x(xt+h)
4 4
e) canara ener feo | oosn ae eRE 8x—4—8x-8h+4
h h h(2x—-I(2(x+h)—-1) A(2x-1)(2(x+h)-1)
=<
~ (2x-1)(2(x+ h)-1)
1 1
feth)-f0)_ veth ve Ve-vxth Vetveth_ x—(x+h)
h h nvix(Vx-+h} Vetveth hf eVrth+ (e+ hve |
=|
Sia erred
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
356 # Chapter 1 — Solutions
l.a) y=(x+4)-5 +3
b) y=-(x-2) -3
ce) y=(x-2) d) y=-x’-1
2. a) The graph is shifted two units horizontally to the left so the point is (—5, 1) or (a—2, b).
b) The graph is shifted two units up vertically so the point is (—3, 3) or (a, b + 2).
c) The graph is shifted two units horizontally to the right and two units vertically down so the point is
(-1, -1) or (a +2, b—2).
d) The graph is reflected about the x-axis so the point is (—3, —1) or (a, — b).
e) The graph is reflected about the y-axis so the point is (3, 1) or a, b).
f) The graph is reflected about both the x-axis and the y-axis so the point is (3, —1) or (-a, — 5).
g) The graph is reflected about the y-axis and then shifted two units vertically down so the point is (3, —1)
or (—a, b—2).
h) The graph is reflected about the x-axis and shifted horizontally two units to the left so the point is
(—5, —1) or (a—2, — 5).
4.a) y=-4x
2 be. *
I 2
1 3 5)
SA) a b) y=-4x
1
6. a) y=-2|x| Bes |
1 1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 1 — Solutions ¢ 357
9. d) f)
10. a) The graph shifted one unit horizontally to the left, so the point is (—3, 4).
b) The graph is reflected about the x-axis then shifted one unit horizontally to the left, so the point
is (—3, —4).
c) The graph is shifted one unit horizontally to the left, then reflected about the y-axis, so the point is (3, 4).
d) The graph is shifted one unit horizontally to the left, and then shifted vertically up 2 units, so the point
is (—3, 6).
e) The graph is shifted three units horizontally to the left, so the point is (—S, 4).
f) The graph is shifted horizontally one unit to the left, then reflected over both the x-axis and the y-axis,
so the point is (3, —4).
so y= 5 f (5%).
e) The graph is compressed both horizontally and vertically by a factor of +, and reflected about the x-axis,
BOiVae 2x)
f) The graph is retained, and reflected about the x-axis, soy = +f (x).
g) The graph is expanded vertically by a factor of 2, and compressed horizontally by a factor of 5,
soy =2f(2x).
h) The graph is expanded both horizontally and vertically by a factor of $,s0 y=3 f (2.x)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
Yes
Ves
5x—-15+6x+15
3 EAIpal es ees) Bhs11 eee
g) ° x) =
(fog\( cig) )
(23 weie aia Ix+5—2x46 7 iE
2x+5 2x+5
5x+3 5x+3-3+4+6x
Be * a Rea ee llx
(go f\(x=8 -=—j=2
2 EP 2 aaa
tosane
5x+3
1-—2x
Yes
a mere
pO
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 1 — Solutions ¢ 359
ee)
= 7 cel dy 7x)= FS, FQ)#0
3x-2
Peie ee
fits fiy=
3x-2
voy
+ 2y=2y—1
foxy tox =2y—1
raxy = 2y=—27—1
1V(Bx=2)=—2x—1
Ls!
8x =z
—2x-1 y
Therefore, f-'(x)= He gp Therefi
erctore, 7 (x)=
(x) ae) Mae ead3
x+1
A one-to-one function. A one-to-one function.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
360 Chapter 1 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
5. f(x)=2x-1 l
g(x) =—x+3
5
Jaen—|
ea Dy 1
gy:y=-—x+3
5
Theretore, f~ (x)= =
:y=2x-6
eeu
2.
alae
4
=e(22) = f(2x-6)
=2(2x-6)-1
=4x-12-]
= 4x —13
ae
any ies (2x = 6)
_ 2x-641
oe
-(s(}e+3}} -
=(x+5)!
hee)
5) x=y+5
y=(fog) (e)=x=—5
6. a)
Spot
Cc) 2 f
f-, not a
function
56
ts
—6
e) f' f)
44
2 f, nota
function
4 444
~6 =5—
7. a) If f(a)=b, then f'(b)=a. Therefore, the point is (2, —-1) or (0, a).
b) If f(a-1)=5, then f"(b)=a-—1. Therefore, the point is (2,—2) or (b, a— 1).
ce) If f(a)=b-2, then f'(b—2)=a. Therefore, the point is (0,—1) or (b — 2, a).
d) If f(-a)=-b, then f'(-—b)=—a. Therefore, the point is (2, 1) or —b, — a).
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
362 # Chapter 1 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
8. a) By TI-83 Calculator.
Enter equation, y= 2x-1, under <Y =>, press <<><<> to move the cursor to the left past the equal
sign. Press < ENTER > repeatedly until the bold line symbol appears for equation Y,. (We are doing
this to distinguish the function f from f7' on the graph). Set appropriate window.
To graph the inverse function, press <2nd><DRAW>. Press cursor down repeatedly (or press 8) until it
reaches 8:DrawInv, then press <ENTER>. Enter equation, 2x — 1, then press <ENTER>
ij
DrawiInw 2-1] =
i f A one-to-one
function
x[-5,5] y[-4,4]
Note: When finished drawing inverse for one equation, the next step is very importan
t in order to
clear the graph.
Press <2nd><DRAW>. The cursor will highlight 1:ClrDraw, press <ENTER> <ENTER>.
This
ClreOraw
Dore
eed
x[-5,5] y-4,4]
=I
Yi
A one-to-one
function
x[-5,5] VE 3:4 |
d) Follow same steps as problem 8 a) for y=Vx° —4
ie
_1] Nota
ies A function
(5734 y[-4,4]
1
a=—
2
10. The inverse of a point in quadrant I must also be a point in quadrant I because an inverse is a reflection
over the line y= x. The inverse of a point in quadrant II must be in quadrant IV so the inverse must be
in quadrants I and IV.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
BeavaGhabier Solutions
=
= 1 f Wn) x= lye!
12. (fogyx) ite
° 1
= f| —x—3 g ;
(x):x=—y-3 Shee
eC
eae
1
S—y=x+3
oe
: _x-l
sy ax+ 12
=5x-5
—]
I ere poe ae
}=4[554
CFP Sal Pe Mie
' =2x-2+12
me =2x+10
-y=2x+10
c) Reflect graph about x-axis, and shift graph horizontally 2 units to the left, and 1 unit down.
Points are (2, 1) and (a—2,—b-—1).
d) Graph is compressed horizontally by a factor of 5, and the y-value must be greater than or equal to zero.
Points are (2, 2) and ( 5 a, |b|).
e) The graph is compressed vertically by a factor of >, and shifted horizontally 1 unit to the right and
vertically 4 units up. Points are (5,3) and(a+1, +b+4).
f) Reflect all parts of graph that are above the x-axis to below the x-axis then shift graph horizontally 2 units
to the right. Points are (6, -—2) and(a+2, —|b|).
g) Reflect graph about y-axis and expand horizontally by a factor of 2, then shift graph vertically 1 unit up.
Points are (—8, —1) and (—2a,5+ 1).
h) Reflect graph about both x-axis and y-axis and shift graph horizontally 1 unit to the right.
Points are (—3, 2) and (-a +1, —5).
i) Reflect graph about the line y=x which interchanges x and y, then shift graph vertically 2 units up.
Points are (—2, 6) and (6, a +2).
j) Reflect graph about the line y=x which interchanges x and y, then shift graph horizontally 1 unit to the
left. Points are (—3, 4) and (6 — 1, a).
=—(x-1)'+3 pee =e as
2
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 1 — Solutions @ 365
2 2) 2 2
7. a) Method 1: Note: [fusing method 1 in all problems of question 7, do only | or 2 changes at a time,
not all steps at once! Refer to example 2, page 42 of this book.
The graph is stretched horizontally by a factor of 2, and shifted vertically up 1 unit.
Method 2: Note: [fusing method 2 review transformation formula on page 13, example \ of this book
and plot key reference points, then draw the transformed graph. My key reference
points for all problems of question 7 are (—3, —1) , (—1, 1), (0, 0), (1, I) and (2, 1).
M+ c,an+d)
Graph of y= f(5x)+1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
7. b) Method 1:
horizontally
The graph is reflected about the x-axis, and stretched vertically by a factor of 2, then shifted
2 units to the left and down vertically 1 unit.
Method2:
| | | | ll |
=a
N cs — jot
N Nn
Sa
Sees
| | N —
| _— II | | oS)
bd aoe)
Ss
Sa
=) (cs | | N oS | II | | iat
N pa N
— es ~~”
Sa
{—| | i) _| — II |
—
| eS) Graph of y=—2f(4+2)=+1
eee
SS
| | N
| i) |
ee _— ll Oo Go
a —
—-|oO
malo
—ise
Se
c) Method 1:
The graph is expanded horizontally and vertically by a factor of 2, then shifted horizontally 2 units to the
right, then shifted up vertically 1 unit.
Method2:
y=2f(ix-1)t1
> y=2f{k(x-2)]+1 has a=2, b=1, c=2 and d=
(ye an+d)
|at+2, 2-141) i =)
ZS
\eS)
Se
|142, 2-141}
2
= (4, 3)
Graph of y=2f(Zx—-1)+1
|vase 2-141] = 16 3)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 1 — Solutions ¢ 367
7. d) Method 1:
The graph is reflected about the y-axis, and expanded vertically by a factor of 2, then shifted horizontally
1 units to the right and up vertically 2 units.
Method2:
y=2f(I-x)+2> y=2f[-(x-1)]}+2 has a=2, b=-l, c=1 and d=2
(m, n) (4+c,an+d)
+ — N | —+ N II So
-
—w Se
aes
| i) N lI &
He
| N
— — + —
oe +
——— — —
SS
+ — NO i=) + i) lI = Nw
— ———
a,
(@1)
rel
(24, 2
—-+1, 2°14+2
242) = (44)
= (-l, 4
e) Method 1:
The graph is reflected over both the x-axis and y-axis, and compressed horizontally by a factor of + then
shifted 1 unit horizontally to the right and down vertically 2 units.
Method 2:
y=—f(2-2x)-2 > y=-f[-2(x-1)]-2 has a=-l, b=-2, c=1 and d=-2
(m, n) 4t+c,an+d)
fon
|bs
|
afi i
| — | —
| N ll
—
~ n
| — -
——
\<
$Y
is)
— | —
| N II |
Rey
Js + cS _— — Nn WwW
— —— | ——— ee j{ \ =)yp
sf}
es
eee
ne =
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
368 Chapter 1 — Solutions
Pre-Calculus 12
[4)a= WO) ez ee
14. oa e hi re s Tes
Mat)’ ;, restric
restricti
tions are calculated before simplifying, x #—1,0,1.
Answer
is d.
: ;
15. The inverse is STA x+3
Mee a are Answer is d.
16. Reflect in the x-axis has y=— f(x), therefore y=-(x3 2 y4 I) y==x° +x? +x=1. Answer is c.
17. Reflect in the y-axis has y= f(—x) therefore Vax
) Ga) = (-x)+1> y=-713 — 7? 4 x41),
Answer is a.
19. If f(x)=x’ —4 then y=| f(x) |=4—x* when -2 <x <2, therefore y-intercept is 4. Then y=-2| f(x)|
reflects inthe x-axis and expands by a factor of 2, therefore y-intercept is —-8. Answer is a.
20. The only one not symmetric in the y-axis is d. Answer is d.
, 1
21. Expand graph horizontally by a factor of 2 and compress graph vertically by a factor of a
Answer is Cc.
Answer is d.
23. If a<0, then graph is shifted horizontally to the right; if b< 0 then graph is shifted vertically downward.
Answer is c.
24. y=—a f(x) is a reflection on the x-axis, 0 <a < 1 compresses graph vertically. Answer is a.
25. (fcog\(x)=
f(g(x)) = f(W4—2’ ), thus ¥4—x7 =./(2—x)(2+x)
20, -2<x<2. Answer isc.
26. y= f(x) reflects values on the line y =x, quadrant II reflects to quadrant IV and quadrant III reflects
to itself. Answer is d.
27. Change y=sin(2x+4) to y=sin[2(x+2)], shifting graph 2 units right is y=sin2x. Answer is a.
28. Shift graph 2 units left is y= f[-(x+2)], then down 3 units is y= f[—(x+2)]—3, then simplify.
Answer is d.
29. y=| f(x)| has point (-2, 6); y=-—2| f(x)| has point (—2, —12), then shift point vertically up 3 units to
point (-2, —9). Answer is a.
30. This graph is a reflection on the line y=x, which is an inverse relation. Answer is c.
2
31. A horizontally expansion by a factor of 2 units is y= (5) +8, then simplify. Answer is a.
32. y= f(—x) reflects on the y-axis, therefore, point is (1, —2), y=| f(x)| of this point is (1 , 2).
Answer is b.
33. y= f '(x) is an inverse relation, therefore, switch x and y values to (4, —2), then shift graph horizontally
to the left 1 unit to (3, —2). Answer is a.
34. y= f '(x) is an inverse, therefore, switch x and y values to (4, —2), then y= f(—x) reflects graph on the
y-axis to (—4, —2). Answer is c.
2D 2
64—x? 5
then simplify to y= 16-~--2 = —2 => 64—x° —2. Answer
is b.
Beene (ean nt
36. fn)
f(—n)=1- a a ore ie sare =———,
; “An swer isis d.
n+l nel
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
370 # Chapter 1 — Solutions
ay ye
37. Compressed horizontally by a factor of :is 3x, and expanded vertically by a factor of 2 1s a then simplify
2
: 1
38. The graph, y= f(x), has been reflected on the x-axis, and compressed vertically by a factor of 7 to
1
Vie -5f(x), then reflected on the y-axis, therefore y= ee ae . Answer is b.
l
39. The graph is reflected on the x-axis, so, y=— f(x), then compressed by a factor of 5 to y=—f(2x), then
shifted horizontally to the left 2 units, so y=—/[2(x+2)], then simplified to y=—f(2x+4). Answer is a.
40. The graph is expanded vertically by a factor of 2, therefore, y= 2 f(x), then shifted horizontally 2 units left
y=2f(x-2). Answeris d.
41. f(x)=x?—9 then y=| f(x)|=9-x?, -3<x <3 therefore |f(x+2)|=9-(x+2). The y-intercept has
x=0,so 9-(0+2) =5. Answer is d.
42. y=2f(x)9 4s ys2R>, y=-2f(x)9 2s ys4, y=-2f(x)-4- -6S y<0. Answer
is b.
43. y=-2 f(x) will reflect the graph and expanded vertically by a factorial of 2 but the x-intercept will not
change since y=0. Answer is b.
44. f (x) = 2x° —3x = x(2x-3) has x-intercepts 0 and2; f(x)=2x* +3x =x(2x+3) has x-intercepts 0 and —3.
f (x) = 2(-x) —3(-x) = 2x? +3x = g(x); f(—x) is f(x) reflected in y-axis which is x =0. Answer is a.
45. Step | has point (4, —-6) ; Step 2 has point (4, 6) ; Step 3 has point (4, 18) ; Step 4 has point (18, 4).
Answer is c.
46. Reflect on the x-axis is f(x) =—f(x)=-(x° —x* +x-1)=—x° +x? —x+1, reflect on the y-axis is
f(x) = f,(-x) =-(-x)’ + (-x)’ -—(—x) +1, simplify to y= x? +x? +x+1. Answer is d.
47. Reflect on the y-axis is y= f(—x), then shift horizontally 2 units left is y= f[-(x + 2)], then simplify.
Answer is c.
48. Change y=Va—x to y=./—(x—a) , the graph is reflected on the y-axis, then shifted horizontally to the
right. Answer is b.
49. f(x) is x= xG3y-l=y > 3xy-x=y > 3xy-y=x > yGx—-N=x > = hs
3y—1 3x—-1
Answer
is b.
ie; : 2y x
50. aff (x) 1S x=— — x(l-y)=2y > x-xy=2y > xy+2y=x > y(x+2)=x- y=—.
l=y x+2
Answet
is a.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 1 — Solutions ¢ 371
51. f(x)= is a.
g(x)=5x+2, check f(g(x))= f(Sx+2)=—— —. Answer
penesiaay
(5x oe (5x+2)°
52. f(x)= a(x +3)(x)(x-2)
fd-x)=a(0-x+3)1-—x)1-x-2)=a(4-x)d—x)(-1-x), zeros 4, 1,—1. Answer is d.
2( 2x-1 )a) 1 4x—2—x+2 3x -
54. Change to y= 5fil —1)]—2. Reflect on y-axis is (—3, —4), vertical compression by a factor of ; is
(—3, —2) then shift horizontally to the right 1 unit and vertically down 2 units to (—2, —4) or use method
used in example 1, page 41 of workbook. Answer is a.
. y= f(x) has point (4, —2), then reflect on both x- and y-axis is (—4, 2), then shift vertically down
2 units. Answer is b.
56. Graph is reflected on x-axis is (a, —b), then shifted horizontally 3 units right and vertically up 1 unit is
(a+3, —b+1). Answer is d.
Sie y=-f(x) reflects graph on x-axis is (m, —n), then shifted horizontally to the right 2 units and vertically
up | unit is (m+2 , —n+1). Answer is b.
58. Change y=2f(4-x)-1 to y=2/[-(x-4)]-1. y= f(—%) reflects graph on y-axis is (—a, b),
y=2 f(x) expands graph vertically by a factor 2 is (—a, 25), then shift graph horizontally 4 units to the
right and vertically down | unit is (-a+4, 2b—1). Answer is a.
1
60. f(x) =3x+1 has intercept of 1 so does y= =1. Answer is b.
SQ)
aac 3(0) +1
61. f(g (x)= f(2x+l=(2x+1); f(g (a) =(2a+));
flg(x)I- flg(a@]__ (2x+1)° -(2a+1)’ _ 4x? +4x+1-4a° -4a-1 fiA(x? —a’)+4(x-a) _
x-a x-a i. x-a ’ x-a a
A(x — a)(x +a) +4(x-a)
=4(x+a)+4=4x+4a+4. Answer is d.
x-a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
OPtaGbamendesolutions
372 # Chapter 1 — Solutions EESPre-Calculus 12
The x — 2 and —1 shifts graph two units right, and one unit down (4, 7). Answer is c.
65 The graph is reflected on the x-axis, therefore, a=—1. The graph is compressed horizontally by a factor of
Polynomial Solutions
Yes 0 5 constant
5. a) Maximum number of solutions is the degree of the polynomial, which is 5. An odd polynomial must
cross the x-axis at least once because an odd polynomial either starts up and ends down, or starts down
and ends up. Therefore, minimum number of solutions is one.
Maximum number of solutions is the degree of the polynomial, which is 6. An even polynomial either
starts up and ends up or starts down and ends down. It doesn’t have to cross the x-axis, so the minimum
number of solutions is zero.
b) An odd polynomial must always cross the x-axis. Therefore, one is the minimum number of zeros if 7 is
an odd number. The maximum number of zeros is the degree of the polynomial. Therefore, “n” is the
maximum number of zeros if 7 is an odd number.
An even polynomial does not have to cross the x-axis. Therefore, zero is the minimum number of zeros
if nis an even number. The maximum number of zeros is again the degree of the polynomial.
Therefore, m is the maximum number of zeros if 7 is an even number.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 2 — Solutions ¢ 373
6. a) polynomial, 4 b) No, exponent nota whole number _ c) No, exponent not a whole number
d) polynomial,0 —_e) polynomial, 3 f) No, exponent not a whole number
g) polynomial,3 —_h) polynomial, 2 i) polynomial, 2
j) No, exponent not a whole number
7. a) falls to the left, rises to the right b) rises to the left, falls to the right
c) rises to the left, rises to the right d) falls to the left, falls to the right
e) falls to the left, rises to the right f) rises to the left, falls to the right
g) rises to the left, rises to the right h) falls to the left, falls to the right
i) falls to the left, rises to the right j) rises to the left, falls to the right
8.a) f(x)=-3x° _b) g(x)=2x° ~~ e) A(x) =2.3x* dd) k(x) =-2.4x° (Answers may vary.)
a= 5, therefore, P(x)=+(x+2)(x—-1)’(x-3)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Biieiayeeomins
3.) P(x) =a(x+1)\(x+0)(x—3)’, with point (1, -4)
P(1)=a(1+1(? (1-3) =-4
—l6a=—+4
a=1, therefore, P(x)=1x°(x+1\(x- SNe
d) P(x) =a(x+2)°(x-1)?(x—3)’, with y-intercept 8
P(0)=a(0+2)(0-1)°(0-3)’ =8
72a=8
a=1, therefore, P(x)=+(x+2)'(x- 1)’ (x-3/
4. a) atlas b) 14420 c) Ce Eg
3 2 16
x <0 x >-8 = 16
25 aa) —2<xs2
pa x? (x—-2)(x+2)20 x(3-—x)(3+x)
20
5a | TSI SONI Bees Js xs-3, 0O<xsS3
Qh =x 31 +107 >0 h) Ke
Ay = Ay 0) i) x(x+1)?(x-2)(x-4)
20
—x(x+5)(x-2)20 x (x—4)(x4+1)20 x=-l, O<x<2, x24
Yas Ss 2 Cooly = 0A
j) x’ (x+1)(x-1)20
=r Oye |
(All of the answers to question 4 can easily be seen by graphing the polynomial function.)
5. a) yA b) Y
>X
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 2 — Solutions ¢ 375
7.a) P(x)=a(x+1)(x-2)
P(0)=a(0+1)(0-2)=—4
—2a=—4
a=2, therefore, P(x) =2(x +1)’ (x-2)
b) P(x)=ax?(x-1)?(x—-2)
P(-1)= a(-1)’ (-1-1)°(-1-2) =12
24a=12
l
a= 7 therefore, P(x) = Be (x—1)'(x-2)
c) P(x) =a(2x-1)(3x+2)
P(0)=a(2:0-1)(3:0+2)° =-3
—-4a=-3
d) If the root —+ has multiplicity 3, then it must have (2x + 1)° as a factor.
If 2x? —x—1 is a factor, then it factors into (2x +1)(x—-1).
Find the L.C.M. of these 2 factors (2x+1)° and (2x+1)(x—1), therefore, P(x)=a(2x+1)(x-1)
e) P(x)=ax(x—2)(x* —2x-—5)
P(3)=a-3(3—2)(3° —2:3-5)=12
—6a=12
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
376 Chapter 2 — Solutions
oy 18 4x? +2x4+]
1. a) x—3)x° 8x? 3 +2 b) 2x-1)8x°+0x? +0x-1
aires 8x° — 4x?
=52 0
x? —8x? —3x+2=(x—-3)(x’ —5x—-18)—52 8x° —1=(2x—1)(4x7 +2x +1)
joo ey) os 52
Co oe eS =4x? 42x41
x-3 x-3
LOO | x? -2
Cy +1)x8 42x48 tx? 3x44 d) x =1)x4 + 0x9 3x? + 0x +8
5 3
Os Xx t= x?
=O 8
Di nme 2 =e 2,
— 2x > — x? —3x 6
—2 > — tas x* —3x* +8= (x? =1)(x? —2)4+6
4 2
—x°-x+4 —3x° +8
x -] x -]
-x° - 1
=D
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 2 — Solutions ¢ 377
x+6 x+2
1. e) x? -4x-12)x? +2x? -13x+10 f) Roe ie On 5x eI
6x0 = 24x72 24 AX
23x +82 yal
—5x-3
x* +6x° + 11x? + 6x = (x? +3x+2)(x+6)+8x*
—14x-12 x* +9x° —5x? —32x+3=(x?
—3)(x* +9x—-2)-—5x-3
x' +6x> +11x+6x mn Sy tae 12 x 9 = 5x*=32x43 Soyo
+6+ 5 Vane ot
eae eae) x 43x42 x -3 x=
Bea)
2) 1 2 -3 ea hye a0. O—42a°
27810 a 2 3
PAs Sh
O(x)=x° +4x+5 O(x)=x° +axta
R=11 R=0
¢ = 4 0 5 -=3 adult 0 -5 0 © 10
-8 16 -42 1 1-4-4 -4
4 -8 21 -45 11444 | 6
O(x)=4x’ -8x+21 O(x)=x*+x° -4x°-4x-4
R=-45 R=6
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
378 # Chapter 2 — Solutions
Pre-Calculus 12
R=-0.12384 R=0.0048
k) x? —L=(x—1)(x+1)
1) i =X = 6= (1s)
Ce Se ee |1 ee
te fedee ees. 3 = 26 4 20 0
Pili eee sO 3 1) 3 So aries
ieens
e aes. 3°
Hats 5 — OR
10th fg
Oe ns
ae |Saar
i> S0e a en
O(n =x 35% =3
O@)=x 245
R=0
R=0
(x—5)(x?
+ x” —10x +8)
k) -4| 1 16 64 64 3) 1 -9 27 -27
3 -18 27
14+2k+8=-3 —8+4k+48=0
k= -6 k=-10
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
380 # Chapter 2 — Solutions
9)
n r Pre-Calculus 12
4m-8k=16
m-—2k=4
Thus m+k=7
m-2k=4
Sk= 3
k=1,m+1=7
m=6
gp lh ee 0 —m 15 h) {| 2+ GSE 0 |
1 k+1 k+] —m+k+]
Bmp AS k+3 k+3
1 K+1 k+l -m+k+] 0 3 BSu Se pote k+10
15-m+k+1=0
2| 1 0 0 a
—m+k=-16
2 4 8 2k +16
~3| | k 0 —m 15 l 2. » AY CORES penis
pe nS Ok 27 3m—27k+81 Thus k+10=2k
1 eh 8)
oeee) —m+9k-27
410
0 Pe ss
15+3m-—27k+81=0
3m—27k =—96
m—9k=-—32
Thus —MN-Hk=—16
m—9k =-32
~8k =—48
k=6,-m+6=-16
Hi
5 45)SsSy,0a=>- © NRS S S on< © |LeeOQ anfe}oQ3 ee)oO t2°)Q = v f=]a = EB: 5 ge Za,fo) no}2 a ° 2 > 5. t= 3 = 2
:
oo
2.4 Exercise
Set
2k-m=-—4
k+m=7 k+m=7
2k—m=—4 => « l+m=7
3k =3 m=6
k=1
g) P(l)=l'+k(1)—m()+15=0
k—m=-16 k—-m=-16 k-m=-16
10+4=12+2k
k=-2
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
382 @ Chapter 2 — Solutions
P(3)=27-9r+9+r =18
©) f(x)=x"+x-8
f(2)=2"4+2-8=10 > 2"=16 > n=4
P(x)=x" +5x—2
+65
a’ —5a—10=0, therefore by quadratic equation, a= ee
Therefore, P(x)=kx°+2x*°+4x+7
P(-D=kCl1)” +2(-l)” +4(-l+ 7 =23
Ko oD —-4 +7=23
k =18
f) If P(x)=2x°+3x?+kx+m
k+m=3 2k—-m=9
k+m=
2k—-m= 9
3k =12 4+m=3
k = 4, n= 1
4.a) 1} 2 —7 2 3 b) 2] 1 3 —10 24
Dies tats 3 2 =) 24
2 = See 0 1 Sy ma) 0
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 2 — Solutions ¢ 383
4. c) -l] 1 1 -9 -9 a) a2 a7 os 71
= OF 2a 4° 1
re i) 2-5 4 -1 0
x(x +1)(x? —9) 2-3 1
x(x + 1)(x —3)(x +3) (C=
2°]
2-1 0
therefore, (x —1)* (2x —1)
therefore, (x —2)*(x—1)°
es ae
3
b) If P(x)=—4x°+2x? -—2kxt+k?
P(1)=—4(2)'+2(2) -2k(4)+# =0
ke -k=0
k(k—-I(k +1)=0
laea0aNbag—d
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
5. c) This isa very important concept: If x=c, then x—c must be a factor of P(x).
d) P(a)=2a
-a-a’ +(1-a’)a+5=0
2a —a +a—a +5=0
a=—5
e) If(x+1) isa factor, then f(-1) = 0, therefore, put —1 into the equation and set it equal to zero.
f(x) =2x* +(k+1)x? -6kx411,
f(-1) =2(-1)* +(k + 1)(-1 — 6k (-1) + 11=0
2+k+1+6k+11=0
7k=-14
k=-2
x’ —4=(x-2)(x+2)
+ 12
Se?” 14 Ze 12
6
=] 0 7 =O
igen Ones 6 0
hg iifere) ME So (2 ae
i EE
a 1 2 2 6 3 0 — now guess 2" (x—1) factor
1 -l -3 3
a ioc3 * 0 = now guess 3" (x—1) factor
1 QO -3
1 One 0 therefore, (x —1)°(x? —3)
(x—1)(x-V3)\(x4+-v3)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 2 — Solutions 385
V =x(12—2x)(15—2x) =162
2x3 —27x? +90x-81=0
Test3.093 27ax
= 0081
6° =26307 fot
realy 27 0
(x —3)(2x?
—21x +27) =0 reject 1.5, less than 2
(x—3)(2x=3KXx—9)=0 reject 9, makes length negative
Zz v=x(1252x)d5—2x)=150
Tae
cylinder re
hemisphere
=—
eB Vtotal =nrh+=—nr°
3
12-r
= mr(2=r)+ Sar = 3607
Radius is 6 cm.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
386 @ Chapter 2 — Solutions
Test 2, 3,4
4. h +x? =(x+1/ ee
4| 2 1 O -144
h x+1 h? =2x+1 :
8 36 144
6=5xV2x41
29820 0
144 =x?(2x
+1)
2x? +x? -144=0
-9 + [81 4(2)(36) =_-9+V-207 _o,
(x—4)(2x* + 9x + 36) =0 x=
4 4
Sides are 3, 4 and 5 cm long.
5 Var
W en V =(x4+1)(x+2)(x+3)=6x10 Test 2, 3,6
(x —2)(x* +8x+27)=0
_ SSS 848-4027)
4127 _5 Increase sides by 2 m.
2
_S#V5'-400) _
eos ,) =
Increase sides by 1 m.
1.586 accept
2 4.414 reject, makes length negative
The cut out squares must have either 0.5-inch sides or 1.586-inch sides.
8. Profit= R(x)—C(x)>0
Break even must have C(x) = R(x)
(100x
—x?)— (4x? — 6x’ +89x +100) >0
—13°+5x° +11x-100>0. 2ereo
H=3.9236387? Y=0
gl ec a ess te i pi a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 2 — Solutions 4 387
i x + 6x? —160=0
Difficult to factor. Use graphing calculator and find zero. Zero is 4.0.
Sides of shed are 4.0 m.
‘
i
Raximum
Ares=a H=L.B208499 ¥=110.81908
Vay y
= x°(120—4x)
Haxiraur
HCO, Y=1LeOo0
ee ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Cie Ghdmm sums
2.6 Chapter Review
a=)
y=(x+2)(x-1) Answer is b.
2. Test—1, 1,—-2,2,-3,3,-6,6 —I| 1 (ie aes (x +1)(x? —x-6)=0
a Sa ae (x+1\x—3)\(x+2)=0
1 -1 -6 0
x=-1,-—2,3 Answer is d.
. By definition, answer is a.
. a<0, d#0. Answeris c.
18. f(2)=k(2-1(2+
2) (2-3)=5 3 -16k=5 > k=-—., Answeris d.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 2 — Solutions # 389
x? —3x+3
21. 3x eax Ox He —3
x4 =a
= 8x OK ek
ase +9x
—8x +6 Answer is b.
22. Four turning points, therefore degree 5. Answer is c.
23. (-2) -(-2) +k(-2)+5=1 > -8-4-2k+5=1 > -2k=8 ~ k=-4. Answer isa.
24. By definition, P(—3)=0. Answer is a.
25. By definition, P(S)=0. Answer is c.
26. P(x)=xf(x)+k > P(0)=0f(0)+k > a=0+k > k=a. Answeris a.
20. P(x)=—x° +--+ with double zero at -4, triple zero at 4. Answer is c.
28. If P(—3)=5, then —3 could not be a zero. Answer is b.
29. The zeros will not change, therefore zeros are —2, 2,4. Answer is a.
30. The zeros are -2x=0 > x=0 and x*-2=0 > x°=2 > x= v2. Answer
is a.
SUE An odd degree has | to solutions. Answer is b.
Pte)
32. x +x-1 \x3—2x*+0x+6
xt
3
x°- x
= 3574. x6
81 ono
4x'+3 Answer is d.
y=SOr42)0(x-D). Answer is b.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
sc easomio
e0vGhipe
x +7
36. xP 43x—2)x4 430° + 5x? + 210-13
x" +3x° — 2x?
7x* + 21x-13
Tx? +21x—-14
1 Answer is a.
37. f(x)=1 occurs at x=—5,—1,5. Answer is c.
380e AO ee te 12
4 Rey TD x —2x-—3=0
tee a 0 (x-3)(x+1)=0 Answer is b.
41. y=-x*+---—3, starts down touches x-axis at —1, and goes through at 1 and 3. Answer is a.
44. P(x)=ax’
+x? -13x+6 ee 1) 18566 2x? +5x-3=0
P(2)=a-2?+2?-13-2+6=0 4) 10 58 G43)
ny a0
pines ae a
a=2 x=-3,9 Answer is c.
45. P(x)=x'+4x°
+ax’ +bx-3 0209
P()=1 +4 +a+ b-3=-25
5 atb=-45 5 _4a+2b=
PO ieeeb= 3= 465 Apt 2h=1 eu
a=), b=-95 Answer is b.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 2 — Solutions ¢ 391
47. P(x)=a(x-1\(x-2)(x-c)
P(0)=a(0-1)(0—2)(0—c)=10 > -2ac=10
ac=-—5
P(5)=a(5—1)(5—2)(5—c)
= 480 > 12a(5-—c)=480 rr
5a—ac= 40 ae
5a+5=40 5
c=—
a=7 Th Answer
is b.
Alte Or a. 43 eel ON ea 3
16 teh ae =e et oe 8
1 1 a+l at+4 1 —2 at+4 -2a-5
(a+4)y =-2a-5
a +8a+16=—2a-—5
a’ +10a+21=0
2a—b=10 Answer
is c.
x°+2x4+9=0 x=
Petey
ie
5
40) 2
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
392 ¢ Section 3 — Solutions
6. a) b) c) d)
Domain: all real numbers Domain: x 20 Domain: all real numbers Domain: —2<x <2
Range: all real numbers Range: y20 Range: y<4 Range: 0< y<2
e) f) g)
Domain: all real numbers Domain: x <-3,x >3 Domain: all real numbers Domain: x <2
Rangey y2-3 Range: y20 Range: all real numbers Range: y20
1. a) radicand Dx =7 c) extraneous
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 3 — Solutions # 393
hs 2x=65
ua x= 32.5
&) Jox+4=0 ; £(0)=V2-0+4 De 0 Oy 40-2
Ny es Ly V4—x =2 =2-2
2x = 16 4-x=4 =)
ras x=0
Check
V2:8+4#0 nox-intercept
x=2,-8
x=—4,9
x?-x-12=0 V13-4-4+1=0
(x—4)(x+3)=0 3=-4+1=0
x=-3,4 0=0 accept
Answer
(4, 0)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
394 # Chapter 3 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
Answer
(2, 0)
Answer
(3, 0)
e) eS a= 0) Check js Gaye en
Vx+3=x43 ee i
CSS x? Ir V44+5-4+1=0
xi 3x 34=0 3—4+1=0
(x=4)\(x+1)=0 0=0 accept
IEA Answer
(4, 0)
e) f(x)=V4—x-x ) f(x)=V10-x-x-1
y x y
V4-1-1 =0.73 Aswan Ocde1—1asal
Dewi tnd Oneae 20159 Dane? 2-1 = 0.17
eo cee hese
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
396 Chapter 3 — Solutions
x+8 = 4—-3x
x’ +16x+64 =4-3x
x +19x+60 =i0)
J1—2(-4) +3=0 (x+15)(x +4) =)
No x-intercept
=—4,-15
Zero is (-4, 0).
34+3=0 x
~15+8—./4-3(-15)=0
—1440 reject
or V1—2x +3=0
x=-4
v1l—2x =-3 stop; square cannot
equal negative number.
e) vx+1l-x-1=0
Check V0+1—-0-1=0
Vxt+l=x+1 0=0 accept
x+l=x’?+2x+1
V¥=1+1+1-1=0
x +x=0 0=0 accept
x(xt1)=0
Zeros are (0, 0) and (—1, 0).
x=0,-1
j) Domain: x#-1,4
x-intercept ©
y-intercept (0, —1)
hole at (—1, —1), (4, -1)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 3 — Solutions ¢ 397
y-intercept D 7) 7) g
1 ZX
aa) Ss De xy) =
eae
x
vertical asymptote: x =0 vertical asymptote: x +3 =0
horizontal asymptote: f(x)=0 x=-3
horizontal asymptote:
2x
De og 2 2 2
Wl Speers Meo oe Teor
1 i
x i co
1 x2
c) I(x)= d) SLpa ee cosas
Ke oy
vertical asymptotes: x° -7x+12=0 vertical asymptotes: x> -9=0
(x -—3)\(%-4)
=0 (x—3\x+3)=0
i oe, x=—9,3
3
3
e) ex = De) eas
eel ©) x =—x-20
vertical asymptote: x* +1=0 vertical asymptotes: x* — x -20=0
Ka = = (x —5)(x
+ 4) =0
Lea O x=-4,5
horizontal asymptote: h(x) =0 horizontal asymptote: power of numerator higher
than power of denominator, therefore no horizontal
asymptote.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
398 # Chapter 3 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
x? +3x-1
4. g) Aha rae
LS 1
fee3y— ee
ae ole 22 = KG 2 Se eee
co ootae _1+0-0 =
horizontal asymptote: pDin=—
4—x’ x 4 nas Om
a D
Dy ASK
h) m(x)= —m
9 % =o — 4x
vertical asymptotes: x°—3x*-4x=0 > x(x? -3x-4)=0 > x(x-4)\(x+1=0
x=-1,0,4
De A18% ) 18 ) 18
2x° —18x SSE a eee 2-0
horizontal asymptote: m(x)=—
orizontal asymptote: = os =—~__4___
ae = ica
<= 2
aed = aia =2
a Se Re x x nee
ee :
) Fone iG Bs vertical asymptotes: . 2x° 3 +7x° ae _
—4x=0
2x +7x° —4x x(2x° +7x-4)=0
Baeeae ee) x(2x-1N(x+4)=0
x(2x —1)(x + 4)
s=055-4
a3 ata3 ies
ay ;
horizontal asymptote: n(x) = —_.*—+ ie Se ee =(0
ae ae alee QEQ=Al
x ‘aii
eal g <ooo
Ae 3%
n(x)=0
DOK :
D7) vertical asymptote: 2x+3=0
4x°-9
__+3(2x-3) BSS
(2x —3)(2x +3) eee
2x +3
7 0% 9 6
2 oy 2 As
s(0)=0 [3.-4)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
% 4
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 3 — Solutions # 399
l6x-x°
4.k) r(x)= vertical asymptote: 2x -1=0
eo) 2x) +7x° —4x
yous 4yxt+4) aes
x(2x —-1)(x +4)
eer 4)
2x-1
weet 4
2x-1
. 3 —
oa he AC ot
3 x? eo x? oe 0 vee 1 1
horizontal asymptote: r(x) = Pe x or Te = ah aa a
ie ee
xe oF Mats coh es
1
r(x)=- 5
S ;
) s(x)=1-— vertical asymptotes: x -1=0,x+1=0
x2 —
=—] 1]
x’ -1-3 e j
x -1
EH 2\x 2)
(x-1)(x4+1
3
3 oe 0
ymp
horizontalasymptote: (x) =1-
s(x) i Se _=|-——_=]
=]-—__+_ ee
Neu
s(x)=1
cet
y-intercept
(1, 0)
= (0,-0.2)
~ (2.8, 0), (-3.3, 0)
(0, 2)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
400 ¢ Chapter 3 — Solutions
Ca
Hole at (2, 4) Hole at (—1, —2)
iO)
300
| As x > 1", from right f(x)
As x1,
>©
from left f(x)
> -—
ae ee 1000
|
eee 00 | -1000 As x 3, f(x)
3 0°
|-0.0297 —0.003 As x 3-0, f(x) > 0"
4. a) a b) 3
ae. 3
c) lea)
x-2 :
(= 2Kx+2) _ 9 eae) x-3-3=0
TITS) y (x-1)(x+1=0 £=6
x—2=0 x=-1,1 (6,0)
x=2 Ae Ove 0)
(2,0)
ad)) =
—l+ a
i —
0 e
) 1+ ai =;
0 f) x 7+8=50
+
oes
—x*-14+4=0 x +14+4=0 so
x’ -3=0 x#0 x2
ea No solution (2,0)
No zero
(-V3, 0), (V3, 0)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 3 — Solutions ¢ 401
5. a)E b) H c) J d) I e) A nae g) D
h)B i).G j) F
a he ec Le .
Domain: x #1
Vertical asymptote: x =1
Horizontal asymptote: y=1
x-intercept: (—2, 0)
y-intercept: (0, —2)
pot = ee
) x OD e201 eet 1000 5
Cc
Domain: x #-2,2
Vertical asymptote: x =2
Holévat (—2, +
© [70 [== [= [|
Domain: x #-3,0,3
Vertical asymptote: x=-3 and x=3
Hole at (0, 0)
Horizontal asymptote: y=0
x-intercept: no x-intercept
y-intercept: no y-intercept
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
402 Chapter 3 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
Multiple-choice Answers
Multiple-choice Solutions
x°-4 (x-2)(x+2)
1) SS SS SS SS SS x—2, therefore c has a hole at (—2, —4), not a horizontal asymptote.
I@) x+2 x+2
Answer
is c.
. 4-x* >0,(2-x\(2+x)
205 -2<x<2. Answer isc.
13. y=-Va-x-—b> y=-\/-(x- a) —b, x—a is quadrant I, IV, —b is quadrant III, IV, thus quadrant IV.
Answer is a.
14. f(x)
(x-3)(x+3) x+3 3+3 3
*(x)=— Se
ae ee , therefore hole is |3, ——
341 |=| 3,—].
5 A nswer
is d:
x4 ;
15. f(x)= pie =-—1 has holes when x =2,—2. Answer is a.
—x
see ax 2 Be Z Be2
16. = =~ _4=-_4=-__“=15'A is c.
IO)> 5 aap +=
ote 24>3 24+ >3 cap te
No -oih BP oo
17. To have a horizontal asymptote of y=0,n<m. Answer is d.
22, 23, 24, 25. If h>0, graph in quadrant I, IV; if k >0, in quadrant I, II.
If a>0, graph opens up; if b>0, graph opens right.
22. Answer is d.
23. Answer is a.
24. Answer is c.
25. Answer is a.
26. By definition, answer is b.
30 120
27. Volume =x*y=30— y= al, Surface Area x7 +4xy =x? FAK = x” +——. Answer is d.
x A Ps
25 ;
28. Cost/km = 0.20 + Rental Cost per x km = 0.20+— Answer is d.
bi
0)+b
29. x-intercept: ae =0>5 ax+b=0>5x= ce y-intercept: f(0)= cs = a . Answer is b.
ex+d a c(0)+d ad
sae id Glae s ar 2
30. Horizontal asymptote: f(x) = an eee eee te tO
cx+d ‘cx da di -e+0: -¢€
——+— c+t— c+—
oa x oo
Logarithms Solutions
2°(2'+2*)—2"(2°-27) 2a eee
= = ee
a ns 2 Se8
ae has 4 SA yl ey Oe ej 0 5 = 0,1
Bs 93 5 33 oe es2 9 =0-5
(x+2)(x-1)=0>x=-2, 1
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
404 # Chapter 4 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
e) Atti gt4 Ly per) a 3-4) ay Qt? 932 _, 47 42=3x—-12 > Sle a el4 ees
ZT a
3.4) y=-ab* =— f(x) will reflect the graph b) y=ab* = f(—x) will reflect the graph
over the x-axis. over the y-axis.
y BY.
Xx
/ “4
4. a) Graph y=3* —3 is shifted left two units and down three units.
y-intercept: —1
.
Asymptote: y = 0
a ee ee ee eee ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 4 — Solutions ¢ 405
xo
|-
10°?
9. a) ——= 10°°= 316 times as strong
LO”
b) 1000 = 10°. A 4.9 earthquake is a 10*° measure. So the San Francisco earthquake has a
10*” -10° =10*°** =10”° ora Richter scale measure of 7.9
f) 4=P(1++)" — 4=30000000(1+
2%)” -» 4=30000000(1.019) = 54789223 =
1x32
1 1 3
1. a)4°
) =16 b):) 34:84 c)) 6° =—zene)
d) 10° =—~
wom 325 =8 f) 8! =8 g) ei
2 me: 1
h) 10°=1000 i) 8° =4 sae
81
flog,,0.01=—2 —g) log,5=1 27=>3
hh) log, ); log,16==Aas j) log, = -4
3
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
406 ¢ Chapter 4 — Solutions
Pre-Calculus 12
es
y=l
) f(x)=log, 5 D f(x)=log,0
ba by Sn= 0
y=—4 undefined
f) 9* =
il) 327 =8
Di),
j))
g) x? =p), h) x=4°
a ee ees 1
Das
2 a pS
Su 3
x=5 (reject x=-y32) 3
x=-—
5
k ) geal 35 J n4?cs= 0.25
]
aces 8 n) ie 0)
NS
e |
= (2)
1
4
sb
= (27) i
= (3?)*
=) 4* =4! = 72+
he
n= 8 x=-|] m= 16 x=9
P) (3x)? =36 Ue ee Dag ots
S) x74+24=7?
9x? — 36 LS r Me
22 =32 32 = 3
x° =25
x =4
Sess ar5)
i) 4 5t=2
(reject x =—2)
x=8 a
x=1.9 or 2.1
Mie: Sara
6. a) E b)B c) C d) F e) A f) D
7.a) y= log, a =—f(a) will reflect the graph over b) y= log,(-a) =/f(- a) will reflect the graph over
the x-axis. the y-axis.
y 3
A
a >a
l es
c) y= log, a = —log , 4, which makes the graph the same as 7 a), above. (See question 10 as to why
y=log, a=—log,a
b
So if (c, d) is a point on the graph y= log, a then (c, — d) must be on the graph y= log, a.
b
Two other points on y=log, a are (+,1) and (1, 0).
b
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
408 Chapter 4 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
Il. a) log1253
log 1000
= x > 10* = 1000; log10 000
= x > 10* = 10000
HOO: 107
=10°
e=8 ree Thus 3 < log 1253 <4
b) log0.025
log 0.01= x —10* =0.01; log0.1=x 310" =0.1
10a 102 = 10°
Ya) x=-1 Thus — 2 < log 0.025 <—1
5
4.3 Exercise Set
1. a) log6 = log(2-
=log23)
+log3 b) log 12 = log(2? 3) =2log2+log3
c) log 72 =log(2°-3”)=3log
+2log
23 d) 1og3200=log(2°-
=Slog
1002+2
)
36 eS
e) loglog 0.36= log
Oe 00— = log}
oe ——
100 |=2]oe2+2] -
og2+2log3—2
1.h)Ppoe,
log, 180=
log180__ log(2-37-10) _ log2+2log3+1
i) log,,2160=
log(2°-3°10) 31082 +310g3+1
log 6 log(2-3) log
2+ log3 log(2-3") log2 + 2log3
3. a) log100x*y° =1og100+
log x’ + logy =2+2logx+3log y
x3
b)) loge000"
———= logg x’ —log1000—log
g gyy* = 3logx—2log
g gy y—3
2 a\ ie 2 3 Au 3
c) log (x tay = 4log(x +y d) log (x +y cannot be expanded
5 2S,
e) log, abe = log, 25+ log, x’ + log, y’ — log, z= 2log, x + 3log, y— log, z+2
zZ
1 1
f) log yx?(x
+2) = 5 log| x*(x +2) = 5 logs” +>
log(x+2)= logx+5log(x+2)
xytl 1 5 sa 2 3
h) log, J = >[log, (2 ytl)-log, a [os los, ae
| 3 3
1
j) log? ee =< log =—[logx +3log y-6logz |= ~logx + log y—2logz
Z, 3 Z . 3
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
410 # Chapter 4 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
m6
4. a) log,
x— log, 25= log, aE
3 1 33
—log(x +2)
52D) og sea
f) log,(2x—3)—log,(2x* — x —3)+ log, 3(x+1)= os (2x —3)\(x +1)
] ]
g) 2[log(x” —1)—log(x +1)-log(x- 1)|= 2g] EVE) |2logl1=0
MeiHaa logobey
x’ +logx°
oBe " 3logx +Slog x E 8logx _ 8
logx’ —logx 6logx—3logx 3logx 3
log0.5 log0.2 log0.5+log0.2 log(0.5)(0.2) log0.1 —|
aye A Kee eae (Re ee 2, Sie ae.
b b b b b Ray, ee
SS
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 4 — Solutions @ 411
2 (3\2 i
h) Method 1: jog
Vv
+ tog? + Log —tog
be Ae
=10g wenee >
3
ve |Jeveso=
4 2 10 B10 a10
A 3 3 (1-x’) (1—x’)
i) logdi— —
x )—log(l+x+.x°)-log(1—x) = log (ined
— — — — ———. aaq_i“iwwe——
» =—
og (1-2)
] —
log 1 —
=0
logx logx
log,x log,
x loga loga _ logab logb _ logat+logb—logb_
loga
logab logb
1
k) ar = log at+log b = log ab (rule
#8, p. 176)
log,x log,x 5 : :
Pee meed
Di iee49) flog7)°(ines) + log5 Noa, 4 lees”
WeeD ee log3 _2loe
log3 log7 log3 log3
fay log
2x =1)> log, (¥=—2)4=18= "log (2x2 ir?) le (x= 2) = oe
1 1
Check: (2x-1) > 2{- —l=-2 , logarithm must be positive, therefore, reject x = <3
1 5
€) 5 log,,(x~3)= log,,x log,, ++ log,,(x-3)=> log,.x(x-3) => 5 mx—3)=167 =>
x —3x-4=0 > (x-4)(0+)D=0 > x=4, -1 Check and rejectx =—1 Therefore,
x= 4
d) log, (3x +1) + log, (x—-1)=log,(10x+14) > log, (3x + 1)(x-1) = log, (10x +14) >
(3x+1)(x-1)=10x+14 > 3x*-2x-1=10x4+14 5 3x?-12x-15=0 > x°-4x-5=0 >
(x—5\x4+1)=0 — x=-1,5 Check and reject x = —1 Wherefore, x = 5
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
412 Chapter 4 — Solutions
Gr-al\Ge=2) aaidy
1. e) log,(3x° —5x—2)—log,(x-2)=1 — log,
(x—2)
(3x +1)@—-2)
=4 +> 3x+1=4 > 3x=3 - x=l Check and reject. Therefore, answer is @
(x-2)
f)logx+log(29-x)=2 — logx(29-x)=2 > x(29-x)=10° >
~x? +29x =100 > x? —29x+100=0 — (x-25)(~-4)=0 — x=4 and 25
Check answers, both work. Therefore, x = 4, 25
= =s
g) log,.(x—1)+ log,
(x +3) = log, v7 — log,.(x—1)(x+3)= log, 7= 2
+2) ay
i)) 2lo
2log, (x ++ 2)—2)—log,(3x-2)=2-
log, (3x — 2) lo 82 AE)
(3,2) i
= ME ye? a
(3x —2)
x’ —8x+12=0-— (x-6)(x-2)=0, x=2, 6 Check answers,
both work Theretore.% =... 6
a
2) == oS
j) 2log, x + log, (x—2)—log, 2x =1— log, ss =4- x°-2x-8=0>
log81_
og81 _ log3*
log = 41 OES og, 8=4
b) log, 81=
logl16 log2” 4log2
Cc) ee eae 1
= log3? —log25? = 2log3—— log 25 =2a-——b
5 Ss 2
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 4 — Solutions @ 413
1 1(log63—log5) 1 (log3?-7—logs
+7—log5) _
3
2. h) log, ¥12.6 =log, (#)' _ 3flog63—log5)_ (log3
log2 log(12)
;(2log3 + log 7 — logS) a 1 Ox tzry) _ 2x-yrz
log10—log5 1=y 3-—3y
log3 log5
i) a=log,3 ~ a= , b=log,5 > b=
logs log3
log3 log5
_ log5
Therefore, ab =
log8 log3 logs
so log5= ablog8 = ablog2’ = 3ab log2 = 3ab log =3ab(log 10 — log 5) = 3ab(1 — log 5) =
3ab—3ablog5, so, 3ablog5 + log5 = 3ab > log5 Gab + 1) = 3ab > log5 = =
ab+
10"
BUA eses 38 log C5 A= lop ~ ity —> B= eel
G C 3
AB % AB co
b)
) 1 +logg (AB)
(4B) ==logC
log > og(AB)log(4B)—logC
— log =-1 > log]
(4 —| ==1 > 10'=—GC +A= 10k
¢)3 log A+ los B=logC > log 4 +logB—log C > log A-B=losC 4 A°B=C > A=
Sisy
3i—
B B B\ [B
d) log A = log B— Clogx — log A= log B—log x° — logA=log — ~ v= 25x-[4) onl 7
6
b) 77°71 =17* > log7*" =log17* > (2x—l)log7=xlog17 — 2x log 7-—log 7=xlog17 >
log7
2x log7—xlog17=log7 — x(2log7—log17)=log7 —~ x =———>———_ r x = logy7
2 log7 —log17 17
oe. ae)
c) 3° =9-10' > 3 =10* > ; =10° ~ 3*° =10" > log3** =log10* >
(x —3)log3
=x log 10 > x log3-—3 log3 =x — xlog3-x=3
log3 7
log 27 x log 27 i log27
x (log 3- 1)= log?’ > x= r. log; 27
log3-1 log3—log10 logs 10
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
414 4 Chapter 4 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
1 1 ih Duke
5, a) log, (log, x)= <1 my dogyx =.27 > log,2)= 5 = 8 OY ys aie 2/2
c) log, (log, (log, x))=1 — log, (log, N=5 — log, x= 4? =Dees y=Qe=4
Dee =-—=]2
ae
2
a)?
d) logx = 210g27 +2 log? —log3= log A me
3
a a2
6.a)x = Rie Ok a 085 > ex = 2loga—3
logb— + loge
Be? be?
ab bic? bic?
Dy) eee ne a 0k x = log —>"-> logx = 310g b +9! log ca ings
Cc? a a
a? bs Bobs
2
5
¢) x=—_— > log x = log —_— — logx =4loga—2logb—Lloge
Co Cc?
ies at oe See
d) x= ab? ad ard? 5 Z
mee = log — > logs => log.4+ “lode toepetions
cd be bc’ : . ;
lo
b) log, ,x+log,x+log,x=1 > hi + log,
log, 16 Se 4 lop 7 > parcial
4 og 2 +log,x=7 =>
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 4 — Solutions 415
log, x log, x
7.c) log. x+ 3log.x=7 ~ ——+3log.x=7 > 2 +3log. x=7 >
©) 108s = log, 9 3 log, 3° Bs
d) 2log,x—3log
4=5 > 20g é =5 + 2(log,
x)’ -3=Slog,x >
O 4
log, x=-5 > x=4 => and log,x=3 > x=4°=64 Therefore, x = ;or 64
logx =0 or 1-—Jlogx =0
logx=0 or logx=4
b) When you multiply by log> in step 2, the value of two positive numbers is changed to two negative
numbers, without changing the direction of the inequality.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
416 # Chapter 4 — Solutions
nt Di 15 30 ,
ey Pfs ‘) 3 Ping P fi ‘) ee [i‘) > I+ a 3
n 2
Ale iL
5 330_ 1 »r= 2(33)— 1) =7.46%
In3
b) 4=Pe"-53P= Pe” +3=e" peer a Gee
30
if r “ 30
4.Method1: A=A)(x)? 30.8=1 ) (if20% lost , 80% remains ) > log, O85 ee-5
me
eeae |a
t
enea
0s-a0lIn 0.8
: 2 30
Sy eae 93.2 hours
In0.8
5. Remember, the smaller the pH values of an acidic solution, the stronger the acidity. The larger the pH
value of an alkaline solution, the stronger the alkalinity.
a) 4.8—2.1=2.7, then 10°’ =501, therefore, lemon juice is 501 times more acidic than black coffee.
th 3
6. A= A,(x)? — 400 000(1.02)'
=300 000 (1.03)' > 1.02! = (1.03) =>
nt 0.08 365t
Ee 3 Fee pees
| eis7= og3 log3
1.8) A=sPiere oe Cats
n 365 log(1+ 928)
365
er 365log(1+ 9%) :
b) 4=Pe Ble 1nd
=0.08 > t= SS = 13.73 years
Ingi2s
RS Ca8e) 2S iO0a se SN seit 03.1.<hin 12.5) See = 8.42°C
0.3
t = 8.42 degrees Celsius
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 4 — Solutions @ 417
(By the way, printing this number would take about 1500 pages!)
x x ,
2. log5=logx—log2 — ere, — a — x=10. Answer is d.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
418 Chapter 4 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
VA VA | is d.
g B. Answer
6. xx=—
3B — = log—
l1ogx=log 3B a 5 g A—log3—log
log gxx=—log g
7. If log 2=5 then a’ =2 and if log 5=d then c’ =5, therefore, a’-c* =2-5 =10. Answer is d.
3
aoe , —1. Answer
is a.
1 1 1
15. y=—log,(x+8)+5=0 > log,(x+8)=— > x+8=4? > x+8=2 > x=-6. Answerisb.
16. y=log,(0+8)—3 > y=log, 8-3 > y=log, 2’-3 > y=3log,2—3=0. Answeris a.
17. x+2>0—x>-2. Answer
is b.
18. y=—3-2*'+4 has the basic graph y= 2" reflected in the x-axis and shifted up 4,
therefore, range is y <4. Answer is c.
20. 10
=10°’ =5.01. Answer is b
1
21. er = pe Ged — logx == loga—logb—2loge. Answer
is c.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 4 — Solutions @ 419
loga’ _ gloga oY —a :
23. log, (Va)"= foote logl—loga
a aS 1
= es Answer is a.
24. The restriction on y=log a is a>0, x>0, x#1, therefore, y= log(x +2) has restriction x+2>0
and base x >0, x #1 — x>-2 and x>0, x#1, the intersection is x >0, x #1. Answer isc.
x+5
z. 1og,(x+5)—log,(+—-3)=2 => os, 2 as 3
aaah > x+5=9x-27 —
x-3 ee
—§x =-32 —~x=4. Answer isc.
10005
26. 3-2logat+logh — log1000—loga’+logb — log 2
. Answer is c.
a
27. If (m, n) ison f(x)=log, x, then (n, m) is on h(x)=a",so h(x)=a™ reflects the graph on the
y-axis, therefore point is (—n, m). Answer is b.
1
29. f(x)=2™ has inverse x=2°” — log,x=-y — y=-—log,x — y=log, xo y= os, }
Xx
Answer is d.
ke
i| te ] 14
nt 4-5
wn
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
420 #@ Chapter
420 4 — Solutions
Chapter4—Solutions
40 10°=160 > x=logl60 > x=2.2, therefore 8.7 + 2.2 = 10.9. Answer is b.
41. log, (<]= log, a—log, 9— log, b° = log, a— log, 3° —2log, b= log,a—2-2log, b. Answer is c.
42. log, (2)= log, =a = 2log, 5—3log, 2—- 2 log, 3= 2a—3-2b. Answer is b.
B V4 al se a
46. log| — |=log| — |=log| — |=—log4-—2log3=—-—2b. Answer
is b.
(2) {5 [S| ie Se
47. log,a hasrestrictions a>0, b>0, b#1, therefore, 2-x>0 — x<2;x4+1>0 — x>-l;
x+141 — x#0, therefore, -l<x<2,x#0. Answer isd.
12 12 ; 5
49. log 12 -log (x—1)=1 — log, ar =l1—- eae a > x -x=12 > x -x-12=0-
*\ x- x=
(x—4)\(4+3)=0 — x=-3,4, reject —3. Answer isc.
5S: log, [log,(log, 8)]=-1 > log,(log,8)=3'=— — x3=log,8 > x}=log,2?=3log,2=3 >
it Jt
1
x3=3 > x=3?=27. Answer isd.
JE ee en ee EEE ERE ET ce
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter
4 — Solutions @ 421
1 1
56. a=log2 — a=log4? — IS ES — log4=2a
2 b
b=log9 — b=log3’ — b=2log3 — ers
b
gee eee Answeris a.
3 Mas 1
“IE —log 27=2 — log 3-—log 27=2 — ‘log —=2 —> x =— — x=-—. Answer isa.
log, x J : OF S) 3
' |
40
xloga—xlogb=loga—log3— x(loga-—logb)
= loga—log3> poe CES Answer is a.
loga—logb
Ss :
63. 2log,(—x) =2-log,
4 2log,(—x)+
log, 4=2 > log, 4(-x)’ =2 > 4(-xy =3 > x =t7
; : 3 3 :
check solution, reject 3? accept eat Answer is a.
nt 12 x 10 120
r if r iF alle iF a.
4a Plt |) >.
3P =P | 1+ — ee eee hea 31) 51)
—1
n 12 12
1
r=12 G6!"—- 1)>r =0.11036
= 11.0%. Answer
is d.
10 10
65. A=
L
A,(x)’> 200= 600
Ae e e i
5 =| ie
le ee
= ee log!
1) 10
a = > f= ——___—
10 log(+)
6.3. Answer isa.
|
2 t
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
422 Chapter 5 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
M4 31 At on 132 llz
35,a) — De C= d) — e) = a5
) 3 ) 2 ) 3 ) 2 ) 6 4
4. a) 150° +360° =510°, 150° —360° =—210° b) —150° +360° = 210°, —150° —360° =—510°
c) 314° +360° =674°, 314° —360° =—46° d) —314° +360° = 46°, —314° —360° =-674°
e): 612° —360°=252°, 612°-—2 x 360° =-108° f) —537° 4:2: 360°= 183°, 537" 3007.
g) 1100° —360° = 740°, 1100°-—4 x 360° =-—340° h) 6325° — 360° =5965°, 6325° —18 x 360° =—155°
i) S105 = 2:x360'=90". 810° —3 x 360° =—270° j) —900° +3 x 360° =180°, —900° + 360° =—540"
Note: There are an infinite number of possible answers for each question. List above represents just one
possible answer for each question.
180° 180°
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 5 — Solutions ¢ 423
(0) 1 0° Oo
fee
=70" > 6 = 15-130) Se 4 Om
180 6
b) The hour hand makes one twenty-fourth of a turn in one half hour so the radian value is 53po
12
13. s=r0 > s=(4m)(22x15)=1202 ~377m
14. 12rpm= bree radians per second = = x = = 72° per second. Thus zi
. per second = 3 seconds
0 =¥-(af}
a=1
ee) 2 D=3
2. a) sin@>0 in quadrant I, II, psi 0 f quadrant I, IV, therefore, answer is quadrant I.
b) tan@ <0 in quadrant II, IV, cos@>0 in quadrant I, IV, therefore, answer is quadrant IV.
c) csc@>0 in quadrant I, II, cot@ <0 in quadrant II, IV, therefore, answer is quadrant II.
d) cos@ <0 in quadrant II, II, csc@ <0 in quadrant III,IV, therefore, answer is quadrant III.
e) sin@ <0 in quadrant II, IV, tan@ <0 in quadrant IJ, IV, therefore, answer is quadrant IV.
f) cot@>0 in quadrant I, III, sec@ <0 in quadrant II, III, therefore, answer is quadrant III.
g) tan@ <0 in quadrant II, IV, csc@>0 in quadrant I, II, therefore, answer is quadrant II.
h) cos@ and sec@ are reciprocals of each other so it is impossible for one to be negative and the other positive
i) sin@ <0 in quadrant III, IV, cot@ <0 in quadrant II, IV, therefore, answer is quadrant IV.
j) tan@ <0 in quadrant II, IV, sec@>0 in quadrant I, IV, therefore, answer is quadrant IV.
Ee aD
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pets
3. All trigonometry values are reciprocals of each other.
1 3 | eS 06 eee 4
a) 60 ° b) 25 ta) c) 65 ° d) ua
; e) a5 f) a6
, ‘ 4 3 4 5 5
Sar Oe Oe
N42 sind ==, cosO=—, tanO=7, CON Se Oa esc =
b) r=
2
(-v7} +37 =4, Re fea
ah tan@=—=,
s -V7
cot@=——-, secO=
=a : monn!
4 4 NG: 3 = 3
Cc) r= (V3) +(-1) =2. sind ==, ee ian = coto = V3, secd= csc
9 = —2
Ne
a) r=4|(V5} +(-2) =3, sind==, cos= 28,ian = cotg= >, secd=—, ese ==
6. a) x +5? =13’
i= 2
12 5
x cosO=—, tand=—, eee neces ostoeee
13 {2 5 12 5
b) r’ =(8) +(-15)
aM
~15 7 .
x sind=—, Co ie oie cot@=—, sec@= , esc@
=—
Cc 2
) eee) Sic ann men sind =——, cos@=—
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 5 — Solutions 4 425
csc x >O in quadrant I, II, tanx <0 in quadrant II, IV, therefore, answer
in quadrant II.
' 1 =
Geen eee sind =~, cos =?
ene Se ea eh Pe ee
2.4 12 12 5
? + (—0.238) =1 - Le
» y+ Fe eee onl, tad ae = 4081.
y= 7007! 1 —0.238
= —1.030
—0.971
7. a)
PAIS = 2 ay 2 we a
b) ie Nee ae 2) Ci al Ae een
e218 Vi3 Vi3
_ = —vV1
me Seo ee soteict gy ae eal,
3 3 2 3 2
DY) te fe 2
c) a v5) sin@=—— , cos@=—
B= 3
d)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
426 @ Chapter 5 — Solutions
1
9. csc B= —, cosO0—B)=snB=a
a
Se wc TE
10. sec P=—, sin] ——P |=cosP=)b
b 2
b) y=xt+4x Vea
-4) 16
y=—4x-16 =0
x? +4x =-4x-16 r= (-4)' +0°
x? +8x+16=0 LA
(x+4) =0
sn0=0, cos@=-1
x=-4
12. sin@=cos@ where the opposite = adjacent. Sine and cosine are both positive in quadrant I and both
negative in quadrant III. Thus @ = 45° and 225°.
13. If 1+sin@=3sin@, then sind ==; tan@ <0 is in quadrant Il, a=-—J2?-1? aan NS
2
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 5 — Solutions @ 427
+X
hcota—d=hcot B
cot B=—
14.
COLOi=
h h(cota—cot B)=d
x=hcota-—d x= neot Bp di
~ cota—cot B
Q
15. ae hcota=d—hcotB
cota =— corp=
h h h(cota+cot B)=d
x=hcore x=d-hcotB x d
a ~ cota+cotB
x d-x
Nl 37 a
Vs 1
m) ) —: nD) ) : 0)—
P) 5
ee hy cis
2. a) sin120° =sin60 =e b) cot 135° =—cot45° =-1
c) cos330°
F =cos30 Wane
=i d) tan660° = tan300° = —tan60° =—V3
g ) sin Be 4 5lee
5 Pe eos 3
6 a 3
i) Pe I og a
) ee
6 6a : 3 Revi aring
n) tan =t pe gs NA
3 6 (Sew erie
0) sin
; (=) =sin— 4n NB
= —sin — = —— ) esc] — = eee bloat
3 F 7 oe 20S See See Oe
3. a) never b) never c) 90°, 270° d) 0°, 180° e) 90°, 270° f) 0°, 180°
To
4. a) never b) never c ee d)) 0, z e)) —,
oe— f) 0, 7
pee!
5. a) 210° b) 120° c) 240° aesS: e) 120° f) 150°
40 51 5a ay51 31 20
6. a) ) — Lh) 6 ) 4
Ci ) 6 e) Sake
Fi f) ats3
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
428 ¢ Chapter 5 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
5
7. a) v3 b) ¥3 c) 1 d) 1 e) |
2 2.
1
8) 5 h) )3 i) v3
51 1 70 By
8. a) ) —6 b)) — ¢)) —6 i)
11x 51 1
) —6
9. a) b)) — c) ) —é d)' ==
71 31 Sm 1
10. a) ) —6 b)) —7 c)) —P d)) —3
: ae. Wie
11. a) cosx >0 in quadrant I, IV, therefore, by special angles, answers are 6° Ae
: ; To AZ
b) in quadrant III, IV, therefore, by special angles, answers are ge se
Syme 9
c) tanx <O in quadrant II, IV, therefore, by special angles, answers are er
; (ae Spe
d) cscx >0 in quadrant I, II, therefore, by special angles, answers are 6 76:
: 3
e) secx <0 in quadrant II, III, therefore, by special angles, answers are —, a
310
f) sinx =-—1 by special angle at 5h
k) cotx <0 in quadrant II, IV, therefore, by special angles, answers are othe ai
Sas
I) csex <0 in quadrant III, IV, therefore, by special angles, answers are 5a 71
—, ——
4 4
12. a)
) 0,0 b)pale1, =1— 1,-=1
c)a d)0s
VU
ae
es
13.a) 3 0, a3 |
) 1,1 Da
Daze c)Js = asi
DAs
14. sin(-0) =—sin@
15. cos(—@) = cos@
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 5 — Solutions ¢ 429
. 7)fG@)=Ce 2g(x)
= D,- h(x) >ARI@) Ste GO) SB eke)
= £.
Zo aye b)D c) B d) A
1 1 3
3. a) Re
3 Tl, 6
7c —l b ) ay oe 7 aaa) 4 1 )
Cc 4, 6, il 2
1 2, 3 1
d
BG 1 Su t= 3) 0
2 3, vp AO
3 2
D4 Bp US
4
rite as 0
4. a) 37 b)2
1 1 1 s W) VIE
y = 3cos—(x-1
a ) y =2cos—|aex-—=| y =4cos 2x y = 2cos—|a.
x-—=)
y= eosa{r-71| “ala:
ie T
at 3 =2
y=2cos 2 x -2|
=cos—| x -—
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
430 ¢ Chapter 5 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
8. If it has a maximum point (2 , 3) and a minimum point of (6 ,— 7), then it has one half period of 4, or a
—7+3 Siar vies”
period of 8 ; a vertical displacement of a allie —2 ; and an amplitude of Ree 5
ee
So, ees ae pee iherciore, yi— Sil
v= >
b b 4 +
9. Same maximum and minimum points as question 8. The period of the sine and cosine equation are both 8
with amplitude 5 and vertical displacement —2. The cosine equation is just a shift of two units to the right.
10. a) This graph has a period of 12; an amplitude of 2; a vertical displacement of 1. The phase shift depends
on where we start; there are an infinite number of possibilities.
If a> 0 then the graph must start at 4+12n, n being an integer; let’s use 4.
ii) If a<0 then the graph must start at -2+12n; use —2, therefore, y= -—2 sin =(x +2)+1
b) i) Ifa > 0 then the graph must start at 7+12n; use 7, y= 2eos=(x—7)+1
ii) Ifa <0 then the graph must start at 1412; use 1, therefore, y=-—2 cos (xA)
Note: The four graphic equations in 10a and 10b above represent the same graph.
1. Peo: D
ees
2
eee
:
O<x <8 has 2 periods.
,
Cosine equals zero at ae ate lie
oe Dea ne.
2
Thus eee Lee te Lea's
2 2 2: D 2
The spring passes through the origin at | sec., 3 sec., 5 sec., and 7 sec.
2. a) Amplitude is 4. b) 30 cycles/second
Period: 2 = 607
b= ah second
30
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced
without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 5 — Solutions @ 431
ia
4. Sales will reach zero when S = 200+ 200 cos|
Ee+ »|SI OROT cos|
2 (t+ 2|=—]
1
Cosines equals —1 at 2 by special angle Pau +2)=%
t+2=6
t=4
If January is t= 0 then May is ¢ = 4.
2 Pas
5. amplitude: 3; vertical displacement: 12; period: 2 = 365 b= ; phase shift is the days from
me
January 1$'to March 21S: 80 days. Therefore, H(t) = sin] 2 so)12
84 : 2
6. amplitude: = = (0.42 ; vertical displacement: 0.42 + 0.08 = 0.50; period: ee=44 b= a
If the start is breathing in, then L(t) =-—0.42 cos +0.50, O0<t<8 has two periods.
: Res Tt Tt Tt
Maximum capacity is when cos 2)=—1; eas ut —t=2 or ee 3% > t=6
= D= 120%
E=110cos (12072)
D)Ps= ca 3 Hi le ef
b b 3
y=acos(bt) +c > y= 11
os|22)nigaAY,
Ak Z
Period =~ 2594.5 oe a pe phase shift=0 H = 25sin ey P06
b b 12 12
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
432 Chapter 5 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
c) Graph y=25 inl | +26 and y = 35. Find the intersect of these two equations.
They are (1.40668 , 35) and (10.59332 , 35). Therefore, the time above 35 m
is 10.59332 — 1.40668 = 9.1866 seconds on each rotation.
11.8—4.2 11.8+4.2
10. a) Amplitude: Fee = 3.8 m, Vertical displacement: mes = 8
S = gent ar ¢
8
c) Since the period is so long, a person in a boat would hardly notice the tsunami.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 5 — Solutions # 433
1
1. Amplitude |—2|=2, period —-=4. Answer is d.
2
V1
By Pythagoras Theorem r* =27+(-3)° > r= ae , seco = gen SIS) Answer is d.
adj
Ts The smallest negative angle for cosecant is in quadrant III. Answer is c.
9.
CSC eS
2 2,
TO reese ANSwer
|
IS a.
3 -¥3 -v¥3 v3 3
17% 17% 4
10. cot— =cot re = cot— in quadrant II cotangent is negative. Therefore, reference angle is
1
—cot— =—-——=-
V3= Ne Answer is a.
6 l
11. secO <0 in Quadrant II, III, tan@>0 in quadrant I, III, therefore quadrant III. Answer is\c.
7%
12. Positive angle is ——-—=2 me = , reference angle is 7— = = _. Answer is b.
1 .
a3. Seco = ep Ee = —. Answer is c.
adjacent a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
SeayCapterS* Seta
14. Amplitude |—a|= a, displacement =—b therefore maximum value a—b. Answer is c.
16.
ne Iigge ND
17. secx <0 in quadrants II, III, by special angles, reference angle is 6. therefore answers are a a
Answer Is c.
18. Set calculator in radian mode, set window Xmin=0, Xmax =60, Ymin=0, Ymax = 55
(34.32, 40) and (15.68, 40), difference 34.32 —15.68 = 18.64 sec. Answer is b.
; 20 21 oa ] ‘ 1 :
19. Period = 1b ,b>0 — P=— Therefore minimum value occurs 5 a period away at ee Answer Is c.
1 1
20. cscx =—1.325, determine reference angle sinx =——— —> x =sin ||—— |=0.855
bE320 25
CSG = Answer is b.
22. tan@<0 in quadrant Il andIV , sec@>0 in quadrant I and IV, therefore, quadrant IV
a=x° +d’
2 2 2 a :
XY =a —D cos 8 = ———_—_. Answer is a.
R= a —
Answer is a.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 5 — Solutions ¢ 435
24. If the maximum point is (2, 16) and the nearest minimum point is (7, 4), then its half period is 7-2 =5
and the period is 10; a vertical displacement of aro =10; and an amplitude of ety = 6, therefore,
25. All equations except “a” produce reciprocal graphs of the diagram. Answer is a.
2 1
26. cor = 0.325. Answer is b.
5 20
tan —
»
1 —| =] —] ry .
27. sec0 =—2.202 > = —2.202 > cos@ = ——— > 8=cos | ——— |=117°. Answer is a.
cos 0 2.202 2.202
28. 3 units to the left is f(x)=cos(x+3). Answer is a.
29. area of circle is mr* = (10) =100z,, therefore = x 1002 =105. Answer is b.
1
l 1
30. sec >0 in quadrants I, IV. secx =3.45— cosx =—— > x=cos | —— |=1.28 and 27-1.28=5.01.
3.45 3.45
Answer is d.
1 1 T <nit
53. y=tanx has asymptotes at x = 5 +n7 therefore y=tanbx has asymptotes bx = a +n > x= or + 77
Answer is d.
34. vertical displacement is 25; amplitude is 20; period is a =105 b= E therefore h=—20 oT fF
Answer is d.
35. Graph Y¥ =3.9sin0.167(¢—3)+6.5 and Y, =8. Set windows X(0, 24) and Y(—2, 12). Find difference of
intersects of two intervals. Answer is d.
: 20 1 : .
36. Amplitude is 25, p= 7 =80 — b= iD , vertical displacement is 25 + 2 = 27 , start upside down
37. Set calculator in radian mode, set window X(0, 60) and Y (0, 55).
Graph Y =-25 cos|F"+27 and Y, = 35, and determine the 1“ intersection point. Answer is c.
1 .
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
38. If the maximum depth occurred at 4:00, and the minimum depth occurred 6 hours later, then the period is
12 hours. Therefore P= Zn >12= > b= 4_ If the maximum depth is 8 meters and minimum
SG
The only equation that fits these parameters is d(t) =3sin a —1)+5. Answer isc.
39. Graph ¥ = 3sin =(x-1) +9 set windows X [0, 13], Y[-1,10] Oncalculator enter ¥= 12, gives Y=3.5
1
or ee ys acne ese —— |+5=3.5. Answeris c.
6 6 2
40. Graph Y = 3sin =(x —1)+5 and Y, =7; first intersection is at Y= 2.394 hr 42:24am. Answer is a.
1. a)F b) C c) B d) A e) E f) D 2)H
5 3sinx —8 b) ] i ie 2
28a) ae
SS es
hs c) tanx(1+ tan x) d) cot’ x
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written
permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 6 — Solutions @ 437
1 1 1
iG eae
wees See ce pineretore, cosx #— .,—-l\;
2cos’x+cosx—1 (2cosx—1)(cosx
+1) 2
1 51
for OSes A —, Ts
3 3
cosx sin x :
a)cotx. + tax = — , therefore, sinx # 0,cosx #0
sin x cOSx
1 370
fOr OS, 6 nO, ei
2 2
9.a) (sec.x-cse.x—cot x)(sin.x —csex) =
cotx+1 ; cotx+1l—cotx
b) cot x = cot x eee
cotx—1 ' cotx —l1—cotx —l
cotx cotx
1—cos’x
—cosx a , ; ho : 5
f) SECX —COS.¥ cosx Nicos cen Cl COS) SiN ee (SIN: X) SiN.X * aie SIX sheeas
esc x — sin x l Bent 1—sin? x (1—-sin’?x)cosx (cos’x)cosx cos x
sin x sinx
1—cos’ x
sec x=—COSx COS Xxyeas a, co Zs 1—cos’ x sin’ x
h) ————_ = —OOSX_ = Wn = = = sinx
tan x sin x sin x sin x sin x
cOsx cOsx
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
1 1 sin x 1 sinx
el hes: a a
9. i) sec’ x(1+cscx)—tanx(secx + tanx) _ cos x sinx } COSX\COSX COSX] _
csc x (1+sin x) 1+sin x
sinx
a
sin x 1
5
sinx +1
=
sinx(1l+sinx)|
5
1
ay)
sin’x
1 seni)
1l—sin°x cos
2
x ig
en Res Sac ee aa OES De te B re a
1+sinx] cos?x\ sinx cosx\ “cosx COS2y COS COS* cos’ x
1 1
Caeser
__ nee ’ x
x +sin’
cos
j) ———— = Sn x _cos X= sinx:COSx = ——————— = CSCX -SeC x
csc x-secx 1 1 sin’ x-cos’ x sinx -cosx
sinx cosx
4,S08% sinx-cosx+cosx
cosx : nx + 1)
cosx+cotx va i
sina = :
sinx EA cosx(si
: ree,
1+cscx An 1 sinx +1 sinx +1
sin x sinx
1 1 1
I S€C xX we COS xX a COSxX : COSx = sin x -COSX ns sin x
1. a)
sins x— Cos;Doe Ly) x—1
x= 2sin° 2 «SIM i ME COS COL=I
CSC
a7)
Siew Satie 72
> (l= Sing x) = gin‘ Scos cosx 1
: sinx sinx
sin? x -1+sin?
x=
~ sin’ x +cos’x
se
2sin° x-l= aS
=" =o
sinx
1
sinx
3 staat 1 ;
; —cosx= 4. ———<=cgcex-sinx
COS X COS x sec x tan x
1—cos’ x _ COS‘ aaa .
aecosxela cos x: — = — ~sinx
sinx sinx
He s |
sin’ x _ o
cos x _ 1—sin’x
cosx sinx sinx
B08 x
sinx
cos’ x
cosx+sinx
cosx —sinx
1-cos?x sin@
a
ee
ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
440 @ Chapter
440
200 6 — Solutions
Chapter6—Solutions
sec x 1+sinx
11. Buadaek Aine: 12. l-sinx cos’x
sin@
+ tan
1 secx(1+sinx) _
1+
COS Omi. (1—sinx)(1+sinx)
sin8 sec.x
(14 sim)
sin@+
cos@
1—sin’x
cos@+1
Secx
(1 sin) um
cos @ as
cos’x
sin@ - cos@8+sin@
cos@ LSI ae
Cos Flin |
cos?x
sin @(cos@ + 1)
cscO=
_ 1=2sin*x sinx
she,
sin xX
ites
Sin, 2. 1—cos’x
cos’ x +sinx
cosx
= 2.sinedy
2 an e2 sinx
cos x—sin x
2
COS Xx
sinx+sinxcosx (l—cosx)(1+cosx)
_ cos’ x(1—2sin’ x) cosx
cos’
x —sin’ x sin x 1
.
coss(
2
l= 2s
oo
x) sinx(1+cosx) 1+cosx
(=sin?x —sin’ x 1
_ cos’ x(1—2sin* x) 1+cosx
1—2sin?x
= cos’x
sinO
1+cosO —
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 6 — Solutions @ 441
cosx(1+cosx) _ 2cos’x—-1_
sinx(1+cosx) sin
x cosx
COSX_
sinx
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
442
ate Chapter 60— Solutions
Y Chapter SOmmuOns
Pre-Calculus 12
Ose
deleee COLT (csex +1) rel cone
cotx (csc.x —1) (csc.x +1) =
sInx 14
+sinx
cotx(csex +1) COS x
ese? x-1 1+cosx
cot.x(cscx +1) ___sinx =
[> ae [snstsinseoss
col x
cOsx
_ esex+]
aS 1+cosx_ COS x iz
sinx sinx(1+cosx)
cscx-cotx=
S 5 ee 2
35. ESS cosy |sinx—siny _) 26. es'( Zn)-1= tan x
sinx+siny cosx+cosy 2
1 q 20 D ) e IK x In
. a) 3° 3° ai, nT, + 2nt D) te c) =, —; —+1+nn
4 Gh Glo
an 4n 1 ame SO Sa
d)) 3a
oe
ae
3
TE e) —,
RG—; +—+2nn
n f) ase
PO g
aegt nn, aed ann
3
1 E cheate s
g) tS eel Pong: La ee h) 7 7+2n70 i) 2 ee Egham
6 6 6 6 De ? forraeo
:
en TE Ole) IE 3x 5a 3x 1 4n 5n 42 51
Di ernest
ta ee
Neg
Pa
cece
AES =A
ann, —-+2nn l) —,3? —; —+2nn, a—+2nn
9. "ais
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 6 — Solutions ¢ 443
g) sinx <0 in quadrant III, IV, reference angle is x = sin” (0.4173) = 0.430 ,
therefore, answers are x =2+0.430=3.572, x=2m-0.430=5.853.
B= SIZ+LEN, X=0.000+ 20h, nan imiecer
h) cos x <0 in quadrant II, III, reference angle is x = cos '(0.4821) = 1.068,
therefore, answers are x =7—1.068=2.074, x=7+1.068=4.209.
x=2.0744+20n, x=4.209+27n, n an integer
i) tanx <0 in quadrant II, IV, reference angle is x = tan '(0.3124) = 0.303,
therefore, answers are x = 27—0.303=2.839, x=27-0.303=5.980.
Because of tangent symmetry, x =2.839+7n, n an integer
k) sec x <O in quadrant II, III, reference angle is x =cos '(5) == 12020"
therefore, answers are x=7-—1.020=2.122, x=7+1.020=4.162.
x=2.122+30n, x=4.162+270n,n an integer
3. Remember, every time you go from 0° to 360°, or from 0 to 22, each trigonometric function is positive in
two quadrants and negative in two quadrants. But if the trigonometric function is a maximum or minimum
value it can have one or two solutions.
Example: cos@=-1 only at 180°, but cos@=0 at both 90° and 270°.
a) sin3x=—. Sine has a value of —4 in quadrants III, IV. Since the period is **, to go to
27 requires multiplying * by 3, therefore, 2 x 3=6 solutions.
b) sin3x=—1. Sine has a value of —1 only at **. Since the period is #*, to go to
27 requires multiplying ~* by 3, therefore, 1 x 3=3 solutions.
c) sin;x=4. Sine has a value of 5 in quadrants I, II. Since the period is #*=47, to go to 27
d) cos+x=4. Cosine has a value of 5 in quadrants I, IV. Since the period is ##=47, to go to 27
2
TT
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
444 4 Chapter 6 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
3. e) tan? 2x =1— tan2x=+1. Tangent has a positive or negative value in all 4 quadrants. The period
1 :
of 5 gives a positive and negative value of tangent, 5 x 4=2n would give 2 x 4=8 solutions.
1 1 : wieght
f) sinbx= ma! Sine has a value of 5 in quadrants I, II. Since the period is cra to go to
; 3 mr Bis 1 20
4. a) sin2x= om Sine has a positive value of Py in quadrants I, II at a and au
7 20 87
Therefore, yee ayes np pag 2x =— +20 =—
3 3 3 3 3
1 1 7% AT
x=— = 6 ee x=—
6 3 6 3
Mien 1 is
The general solution is 2x = B See Lk = = OTE
6 T F
cores ie ot aN
apes ; et See!
The period is oe since 27 requires multiplying by 3, therefore 2x 3=6 solutions.
Be ae ey es a TE 5 oe A
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1 71 lla 5a 197 231
ee x=— x=— jy
4 12 12 4 12 12
ont? B
The general solution is 3x = a +n
ww H. :
Mage in ae integer
4
Ds
c) sec =-—-——. Secant has a negative value of een in quadrants II, II at aL and gL '
2 ee 3 6
1 ET eB,
The period is —-= 47; since 47 requires dividing by 2, therefore 2 x sa=1 solution.
2
2
Bath: 5
The general solution is “= - +2nt
5a :
La a + 4n7, nan integer
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 6 — Solutions @ 445
4, d) sin2x =—0.4173. Sine has a value of —0.4173 in quadrants II, IV. Radian values are 3.572, 5.853
e) tan2x =1.7258. Tangent has a value of 1.7258 in quadrants I, III. Radian values are 1.046, 4.187
f) tanbx =1.7258 Tangent has a value of 1.7258 in quadrants I, II]. Radian values are 1.046, 4.187
Therefore, bx =1.046, bx=4.187%, bx=1.0464+27=7.329, bx=4.187+22 =10.470
1.046 4.187 hed22 10.470
x=, X=, ==, = ie <20
b b b b
The general solution is bx =1.046+ 77,
1.046
X= eralInvern
b b
= : 2m An
5. a) 2cosx+1=0 > cos ae cos x <0 in quadrant IJ, II, by special angles at Te ao ane
20 40 ,
oe eee ee i or
1 5
b) (2sinx-1)(cos x +1)=0 —> sinx =— at ski at cos x=-—1 at a. Therefore, (ee:
2 6 66 Oe 56
Cc) V2 cos? x— cos x=0 — cos x(v2 cos x-l)=0 > cos x=0 at a =.
Cosex
= — =r at ae 1 Therefore, ete Bah am
oe a A aye oa
1 1 70% :
B=, X= s+ 20, = = en, n ananteger
2 4 4
; 3 SN AS 4m 5
i 4cm-x=3) > sin x= 7 > sinx=——— is found in all 4 quadrants at is = zat a
1 256 ;
aera ear eR an integer
ee
ES
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
446 ¢ Chapter 6 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
1 ,
x=n, ak oe
2 5 ; 5
f) 6sin? x+11sinx—10=0— (3sinx-2)(2sinx+5)=0- BLES 2 ror sue x=@
4
g) 5cos’ x+6cosx-8=0 > (Scosx—4)(cosx+2)=0— Oe > x=60
—-2, cosx=—2
4
Cosine is positive in quadrants I,[V. x=cos"' 2)= 0.644, x = 27 —0.644 = 5.640
1
h) 2cos”? x -—cosx -1=0 (2cosx+1)(cosx-1)=0— oS aE ]
1 ay (ay
a — x=tan A =0.464 > x=7-0.464=2.678, x=22-0.464=5.820
tan x=—1 in quadrants II, IV. The special angle values are ag ‘ig
4 4
tanx =3 in quadrants I, I. x=tan'(3)=1.249, x=2+1.249=4.391
3
xa T+an, x =1.249+7n,n an integer
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part ofthis publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 6 — Solutions ¢ 447
1
cotx =3 in quadrants I, III. x= cot” (3)= tan” 3)0322 9x = 4+0322=—3.:463
570
m) tanx—2tanx-sinx=0 — tanx(1—2sinx)=0, tanx=0 at 0,7, sinx= 7
: 1 5a
K=in, naninteger, x= ra+2tn,naninteger, x= vs +27n ,n an integer
: 2
n) 3sin’ x+4sinx-4=0—> (3sinx-2)(sinx +2)=0> Seay =o. Sinx=—2
> X= 0
p
sinx = ; in quadrants I, II. x =sin™ 2)= 0.730, x=2x-0.730=2.412
5
0) sec? x—3sec x+2=0 — (sec x—1)(sec x—2)=0 > sec x=1 at 0, sec x= 2) at i 2h,
ae ae
1 By :
2 Tie ae saan eC integer
: ft it dive A : 31
sinx=—— at —, —, sinx=—1 at snx=-1 at —
6 6 2
7X llz 37 :
ee era iL se een integer
(sinx-1)(sinx+3)=0> sinx =1, —3. sinx =-3- x=@, sinx =1 at >x= 7 +2nn,nan integer
sin x 1 (bia Nu E
r) 3sinx = V3cosx Fae at x= a x=—+70n, nan integer
c OSx 6 6 6
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
448 Chapter 6 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
=5.943
Sine has a value of aed in quadrants III, [V. Radian values are mz+0.340 = 3.481, 27 —0.340
3
Therefore 2x=3.481, 2x=5.954, 2x=3.481+2m, 2x=5.943+ 20
x= 7/4) m= 2 O77 x = 4.883 x= 6.113
Ve 1 ua 1 _ Son SE
a value of| at —5 , therefore 2x =—5 >x =—4”
Sine has 2xx =—+
5 Fx =a
=—520
a0
Therefore, answers are 1.741, 2.977, 4.883, 6.113, Fe and eri
1
2x =3.481+27n 2x =5.943+27n Lege a
ey Y = tanx—sin3x-1
b)
Y =sin3x—cos2x+1
c) heey |
1g = + tan0.5x
tan 2x
The solutions are where the graph crosses the x-axis.
ae Therefore, the solutions are x = 1.0472, 5.2360
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 6 — Solutions ¢ 449
ie Wee De 4 4
b) cos(—75°)
= cos 75°= cos (45°+ 30°) = cos 45° cos 30° — sin 45° sin 30°= Ceres
BD aN ppNORIOis 62ND
a2
+ RE
c) in =n Z4Z|=— 48— nZvunt6 1+
ae th3+ I ES 4+2y3 aa
e) sec ve + z) ! = : = : =
ie : : (4242) see eee oe V2 al (ee 3 V2
4 3 é Peed ety
1 1 4 (vo+2} 4 6+y2] 45
4 4 4
Aiesege1
CSC (— Usey =—
= eacl0st= = SS a a = a ==
sinl05° sin(60°+45°) —sin60°cos45°+cos60°sin4s° 4/3 J2 1 V2
Dp 2 ted 2
s Bila ~4( Vo- v2)
v2)
= 2-6
os Se +
ee
4° “ 4
tan — tan Ps rs
c) 30 _ [£-2)=tmZ=
14 tan tan
1 1 2370) 7G 71 1
d) sin cos — — cos —— Sin—= sin] —— —— |= sin — =-——
18 9 18 9 18 9 6
71 1) fae 3 30 J2
e) cos—cos—
+ sin— sin —— = cos] —-—— |=cos—
= ———
8 8 4 2
Te Se Se Ee a a a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
eave aprenowioimtons
Ly ela ene
LD 2 20 1
= tal 24 tan = V5
1— tan — tan—
9 9
1
tan x + tan—
taxes) Oa
a) an(x4) a eae)
7 pee SER
Feet es
f 4. 3
b) sinx = 5 in quadrant I, then cosx = = by Pythagorean Theorem
sin|
ry.
x +—
t ee ule 3 4a 1 #3) SABus
6
|}=sinxcoS—+COoS
6
x Sin — = —siInx +—cosx
Ge 2
= —--—+
2 5
“=
aD 10
ion ’ 5)
c) cosx= B in quadrant I, then sinx = 4 by Pythagorean Theorem
20 SY e ae Oe aa
cos} x + — |=cosxcos— — sin x sin — = —— cos x —-—sinx = ——-—_ —- —-
3 3 3 2 2 OE Sa 2 als 26
d) If sin A=—< and in quadrant III, then cos A=—4 by Pythagorean Theorem.
If cosB=— and in quadrant III, then sinB=-—= by Pythagorean Theorem.
sin(A— B)=sin Acos B— cos Asin B= (—3)(-2)
-(—4)(- 4) = 8-2 =18
f) If tan A= 12
in quadrant III, then by Pythagorean Theorem the hypotenuse is 13
and sin A=—3, cosA=—13
If cos B=—2 in quadrant II then by Pythagorean Theorem the third side is 4 and sin B= 2
So sin( A— B) = sin A cos B— cosA sinB = (-9-))-G2)4)=8+4=8
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 6 — Solutions @ 451
UTS ae Roeaht Sinclll e eeeam e PESTE G S RE e e a er eR catien ech
1
4. a) cos 8 cos 10°— sin@ sin 10°= > — COs FOS 53 therefore, 8+10°=60° — @=50°
1 370
c) cos3x cos x + sin 3x sin x =0— cos(3x-—x)=0—
cos2x =0 oe ope 3
5a 370 70
Therefore eae eee oa en 2x =— +27 =—
a 2) D 2 2 2
1 370 570 71
x=— x=— x=— x= —
4 4 4 4
tan —t 4
d) Dane tanta 22) =N3 2 a tan e— tan = 13 tan x = V3, ee Bi
1+ tan7z tan x Sins:
: 1 |
e) V2 sin3x cos 2x = 1+ V2 cos3xsin2x— sin3xcos2x —cos3x sin2x = as Boe a
2 Z
1 1 ee ike ek o OOee
f) cos a +cos en ea eg XSI ate?
1 V2 1 ue A Use MEL
2cosx-cos—=1—
2:—cosx =l— cosx =—= x=cos | —~], x=—, —
4 D V2 V2 Aad
5. a) sin(A+ B)—sin(A—
B)=2sin Bcos A
sin Acos B+cos Asin B—sin Acos B+cos Asin B =
2sin Bcos A=
b) sin(A+B) _ cotA+cotB
cos(A—B) 1+cot AcotB
sin AcosB+cos AsinB |
cos Acos 8+sin
Asin B
sin Acos B é:cos Asin B
sinAsinB sin AsinB a
cos AcosB |sin Asin B 2
sinAsinB sin AsinB
cotB+cotA _
cot AcotB+1_
enn en ee ee OR
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
452 ¢ Chapter 6 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
1+tan A x
tan A+]
1—tan A
l-—tan A=
cos’ A-sin? B=
of 1 a 1
~ cos Acos B-sin Asin B sin Acos B—cos
Asin B
cos(A-— B)
[tan180°—tan A
———— |sec 4+csc
Bcos B-sec B
1+ tan 180°
tan A
cos A . sin A | ie 1 .
sin A cosA )cosA sinB cos B
1 1
cosA sinB
—sec A+csc B
a
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
454 @ Chapter 6 — Solutions
tan(540°—A)
6. d) sec (1 80°— A) csc(270°—A) — cot (630°+A)
1 sin’ A
cos’ A cos’ A
NS sin’ A
cos’ A cos’ A
1—sin’ A
cos’ A
cos’ A
cos’ A
1
7.a) y=cos3xcosx—sin3xsinx
= COS (3x1)
21 ait 3
= cos 4x Amplitude: 1, Period: ve = i Phase shift: 0
b) y =—2sin2xcos~ + 2cos2xsin—
3 3
= -{ sina
cos cos 2x sn]
=-2sin( 20-5
3
: 1
=-2sin2{x] Amplitude: |-2|=2, Period: san, Phase shift: o{x-2} 0
1
x=—
6
2A 9E 1
=3sin| —x+—
be UE :
=) Amplitude: 3, Period: “*=12, Phase shift 7 (x+2)=0
us 6
6 x=-2
Pek ee ee Se a TN
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
7. d) ae sin” sin — cos x cos—
e Rint ty ys as
1 Teh
=—]| cos— xcos— + sin— x sin—
4 2 4 2
ACS
= —cos (x= Amplitude: |-1|=1, _ Period: = =8, Phase shift: ne E=0
4 i ,
sin} +x]
7 sin 7—cos x + cos die
— sin x
Z Z cos x
9. tan} —+x |= ———_—~ = —4—\_+—_
= ——_ = -cotx
E 1 1 B igri —sinx
cos} —+x| cos—cosx-—sin—sinx
2 2 2
cosx =)
= : x haf
sin = 5 :
sinx = 0 .
SBS BEl ]
sinx = 45
a
22 Che
(a ee
6° 6
m6 Sk In Mn
ilkeG 2G 6
d) sin2x = cotx e) ese’? x=2sec2x f) tanx—cotx=2
; 1
2sinxcosx = S* =< peek? tan x — =2
sin x six. 1 =2sin’ x tanx
2sin’ xcosx—cosx=0 4sin? x =1 tan? x—1=2tanx
2sin? x-1)=0
cosx(2sin° x—1)= ,
eee 2t ae nes
1 C 1—tan* x
=
cosx=0 inx =+—=5
sinx=+ n Sn In ibe a |
n 3a 0 3m Sm Tm
ae DD ? Te 4 > 4 ? 4
pectarnt, £ 3n Tn lin 15m
8 8 8 8
i
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
456 @ Chapter 6 — Solutions
—tan? x
et tan =0 cos’ 2x 2(1-2sin’
2x == 2cos’ x) I 37
cos? 2x a e a Fi
2tanx + tan x— tan? x =0 ao, ;
COS ZX = T 510 IT
tan x (tan? x-—3)=0 X= — +10 =e ae ee
2 Z 2
tanx =0 tanx =+V3 51 10
x=— x=—
mR Qn 4n 5K 4 4
sa ae i
0, MU gras teint sbane aaa.
A A aes
3 1 51
i) cos4x +2cos’ 2x =2 eae or gecesi i"
A ie se
j) csc x = 2sec2x 5 ae me eras
3 3
2. dee
Tco0s2x cos2x a1 SOUR 51a ONG
1—cos2x =cos2x oe 3 3
Too 5a 11x
il 2 Se os er D Mea ae
cos2x = — 6 6 6 6
2
x—-2 ; ae
ay A tee
4cos*
2 b) <iSi22
Suni hs ae
sin 2x cos4x+cos2x
4 y a +(-3) = §2 : “ Peet)
: = a) sin2x =2sinxcosx b) cos2x =1—2sin’ x
x == 42 ae
=1-2|-=|> ==USHwee
oe
a=-— 22
525
x =
me) 5 5)
5)
2 tanx
c) tan2x= :
1—tan" x
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
458 ¢ Chapter 6 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
5. y? =(-1)'
+3 9) sin2x = 2sin x cosx b) cos2x =2cos’ x-1
2
aie
era
1+ 2oosane[ 12084) :
1
=(1—cosx)(1+ cos x)(3+4cos2x + cos 4x)
_ 3-—4cos2x+cos4x 8
~ 344cos2x +cos4x
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 6 — Solutions # 459
9 35 h h
13. . tan tan2@=—=3
3 tandan =— 3 14. tan 20 = —A tan@ =—“G
40 15 2 tan@ tan@
= Py Y=
iio ee
Oy et
2
6.6 Chapter Review
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
460 #NdChapter
DTN 6 — Solutions
aaa AA ZntA SAI rue
u
2-—=1 solution. Answer is b.
2
. tan(x+ y)—tan x tan y tan(x+y) = tan(x+ y)(1— tanx tan y) = (ans Ae ian tanx+tany.
1—tanx
tan y
Answet is c.
I
. sin2A=2sin Acos A, therefore, cos] sin = A sin = . Answer is a.
} 1 32 ;
. tanx is undefined at a and =s , OS x < 27, at these terminal values sinx #0, cosx=0 Answer is c.
| ;
. Graph y= Te sin 3x , find crossings of x-axis (zeroes) (mode radian X (0,2), Y(—-10,10)). Answer is b.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission
from the publisher.
CSC xX 1 ' ;
Pale = , denominator must not be zero. Answer is d.
cos x sin
x -Cos x
. > > co .
Answer is d.
23. cos’ x= S — cosx= + ; Each trig. function is positive in 2 quadrants and negative
a a
in 2 quadrants. Answer is d.
; As 173 : ee
sin3x =—. Sine has a value of — in quadrants I, II. Since the period is —,, to go to
2 3
; Pe Le Oe
27 requires multiplying oe by 3, therefore, 2 x 3=6 solutions.
; ee
cos2x =—1. Cosine has a value of —1 only at 2. Since the period is = =7, to goto
29. sin2x =1 , sine equals | at Sue therefore; 2x = Fi 2nmt > x= 4+n7,nan integer. Answer Is a.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
Se tert ems
1 ; 1-sin? x p
escox—-1
: _ ; x fy
gin? ei
See C082 COS 2 tO Say Sucottie A newren etal
é
31.
1 1—cos’ x sin?x sin’x sin x
. . 2: .
sec’ x—1 1
cos’ x cos’ x
cotx cos x Oe 2 ;
32. , therefore, restrictions are sinx #0, cosx# 2) . Answer is d.
2 OCOSx < sin x(2+3cosx)
' Ds, b :
33: asinx+b=0—sinx=—-—,since 0<a<b, —>1, therefore no solutions
a a
atanx+a=0-— tanx =—1, therefore 2 solutions
potas b
asecx—b=0—secx=— since 0<a<b, —>1, therefore 2 solutions
a a
for a total of 4 solutions. Answer is b.
34. 8sin? 6x -—4=—4(1—2sin’? 6x) = -4 cos2(6x) =—4cos12x . Answer is c.
! 20 20 Te 1
35: Period = 1b],b5>0 > P=— Therefore minimum value occurs S a period away at eal Answer is c.
36. sin Acos B+ cos Asin B=sin(A+ B)=sin(90° — B+ B)=sin90° =1. Answer is b.
i 1
37. sec
(4 = x) = ——_——— = =—secx. Answer is a.
cos(w#—x) cosmcosx+sinwsinx —cosx
38. y =—4sin 6x cos6x = —2sin2(6x)=—2sinl12x, amplitude |-2|=2 therefore range is -2< y<2.
Answer is a.
l i cos’ x+sin° x
2: Sy asd
40. cos(A+B)=cosA-cosB-sinA-sinB
Answer is b.
41. A=3, B=2.
y=6sinxcos'x+6sin’xcosx = 6sinxcosx(cos’+sin’ x) = 6sinxcosx=3sin2x
Answer is c.
sind | l=cosA © sin’ A—1+cos’ A _ fey
42
I+cos4 sind sin A(1+cos A) sin A(1+cos A) = 0. Answer is a.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
= 4.
44. sin A= 2 , therefore, by Pythagoras Theorem, cos A= 5 in quadrant IV
3 ; —4.
cos B= e> therefore, by Pythagoras Theorem, sin B= Fe in quadrant IV
AA
sin(. BY= sinAdi
) == sin coe +
-cos cos cocaine
asin = eta
|i
5 jels 5 | 5 fet8?
Siitme rece
05°95 1 le Ancwer: wer isisa a.
21 5a ee :
45. Tangent has a value of £3 at 5 and a which is 2 distance apart.
} : I ; —] ;
47. 8sin*x+2sin’x-1=0 — (4sin’ x-1)(2sin°x+1)=0 — sinx= +> sinx = + (reject)
; [= :
sinx=+— at..30°.. 150.3 2007 os ci = qe @ . Answeris c.
: l 20 4n 20 4n
49, cosine has value -— at —— and — , therefore, 2x =——+2nz , 2x=—+2n7
ve 8} 3 3 a}
1 21
y= —+ 10 ; 2S semis Answer
is b.
i
cos x= 0" at stn, eS at 4 2nn and SE 2am. Answer is b.
Combinatorics Solutions
7.1 Exercise Set
1. a) 3 ways from Calgary to Vancouver;
2 ways from Vancouver to Victoria.
Therefore, 3 x 2 = 6 ways altogether
b) car—boat, car—plane, train—boat, train—plane, bus—boat, bus—plane
b)4 x 3x3 x _4 = 144 ways from A to C and back to A (via B both ways).
going retum
Ce 4x3 x QE x3 Se
: Y
going retum
— one less route on return trip
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
464 @ Chapter 7 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
10. There are 26 - 25 - 24 three-letter words in which all letters are different. Each of these three-letter words
can be arranged in six ways.
Example: ABC — ABC, ACB, BAC, BCA, CAB, CBA Only 1 out of 6 is in alphabetical order
26-25-24
Therefore, aa] = 2 600 three-letter words in alphabetical order.
G > BGG
B -/GBB
a?
é G 34GRG
Bie> .GGp
Sl
G2 GGG
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written
permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 7 — Solutions ¢ 465
0 3
1 5
2
2 2 il
0
1
2
R
R
A
A
A
R
Sa
14. Ten outcomes, counting plain sandwiches or hamburgers: S, SM, SR, SMR, H, HK, HM, HR, HMK, HMR
M
K
MK
H M
MR
R
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
15. Fourteen different combinations of complete shows.
ae
9A
OB
o<—
TA OA
9B
9A
8A =a
OB
7:30 B
9A
8B see es
7B
9A
8A re
OB
7:30 B
9A
ss ae
He OB
T3IO0C = BC
LODE
1 ORI
BDO !
I8XIT! | _199¢98
=9800
99! 971 991x97!
!
17.2) 20.19,
18 = oo
16!
b)6! = 6-5-4-3-2-1 =720 ways
c) 7! = 7-6-5-4-3-2-1 =5040 diffe
7-digit
rent numbers
fh
4 Qe 524 sat
9ae6. AS!
=7-6:5-4=840 arrangements
3! 3!
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission
from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 7 — Solutions ¢ 467
(n—1(n+2) n+2
ni-6{n-2)! _n(n=I)(n-3)(n—2)!
(n—3)(n—2)!
(n-2)-6(n-2)! n(n(n-3)=6_nP=n—o_
n-3
(-3)(
(n—3)
n+2)_
19. a) etd 8 8 Heeee ere te PO
(n—-3)! z (n—3)!
-1 !
ee ade Han =72 > n(n-1)=72 3 n’ —n-72=0>
n—2)! !
(n—9)(n+8)=0>n=9
120!
hd bal 120-6): = 120-119-118-117- 116-115 = 2.63 x 10” possible room assignments.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
468 # Chapter 7 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
5. d) Alternate the boys and girls can sit two ways: BGBGBG or GBGBGB
The boys can sit P(3,3) and the girls P(3, 3)
Therefore, P(3,3)x P(3,3)x2=3!xX3!x2=72 ways
8. If there are no restrictions, then 5 people can be seated in 5! ways. A is to the left of B for half of these
!
ways. Therefore, > = 60 ways with A to the left of B.
9. If there are no restrictions, then 5 people can be seated in 5! ways. If AB sat next to each other, consider
them one person, so they could do this 4! ways. But they can also switch positions BA, which also has
4! ways. Therefore, they cannot sit together in5!—2 x 4! = 72 ways.
10. Method 1:
Method 2:
The 5 couples can sit together in 5! ways, e.g., Aa Bb Cc Dd Ee. Each couple can switch, e.g., aA, bB;
there are 2° ways of this happening. Therefore, the couples can sit 5! - 2° = 3 840 ways.
11. One person can sit at any position around the table. The other 4 can arrange themselves in 4! ways = 24 ways.
!
12. 1) = 50 400 ten-letter “words.”
Siesta!
!
13. use ge 2 520 ways.
5) 3
9!
14. = | 260 ways.
2) 31-4!
10! ‘
15. —————. = 25 200 different ten-letter codes.
21 BY 3ty2)
!
16. as 27 720 ways.
51:43)
17. There are 30! ways of arranging 30 teachers. Each school has 5 teachers, who have 5! ways of
being arranged.
30!
= (8.88 «10° ways.
(5!)
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced
without written permission from the publisher.
9!
18. a) = 90 720 arrangements.
22!
b) If the first letter is a “C,” then there are only 8 letters left, including two “Os.”
!
Therefore, xs = 20 160 arrangements.
8!
c) First letter an “O” then 8 letters left with two “Cs”, thus I x ry
First letter not an “O” then 5 choices for first letter with 8 letters left with two “Os” and two “Cs”,
! !
thus Sey Total is (Seoese seen 560 ways.
pos 2 212!
or answer 18a) — 18b) = 90 720 — 20 160 = 70 560 ways
d) Consider the two “Cs” as one letter; there are 8 letters, including two “Os.”
!
Therefore, - = 20 160
25!
19. ———— = | 487 285 800 ways of selecting the jury.
12!-3!- 10! ae ee
20. 4 blocks + 5 blocks + 7 blocks + 4 blocks = 20 blocks
4 blocks east + 4 blocks east = 8 blocks east
5 blocks north + 7 blocks north = 12 blocks north
'
Therefore, wi = 125 970 different routes.
21. If everyone gets along, there are = 90 ways. But 2 people cannot work together in any of the
PROP AIOS,
3 offices. So, consider the 3 offices as 1, 2, 3, and the workers as A, B, C, D, Eand F. When A and B are in
office 1, then office 2 and 3 can have workers:
CoD |
ehe
ONE: Der
CLE DLE
BoE CxD
DAE: Coe
DE CE
for six arrangements. The same combinations of CDEF are possible when A and B are in office 2 or 3, for a
total of 6x 3 = 18 ways that don’t work. Therefore, 90 —- 18 =72 possible working situations.
1. a) Changing the order of the 5 digits results in a different number; use permutation.
b) The order of selecting the marbles is not important; use combination.
c) A combination lock of numbers 20-30-15 and 30—15—20 are different combinations so order is
important; use permutation.
d) The order you place each team is not important; use combination.
e) There is no difference in the selection of the 3 people; use combination.
f) The three positions are different, so order matters; use permutation.
I
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
470 # Chapter 7 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
of 0 1hn-2) =>
AO OI: D
De Cain t 3)!ia
c'( 6
n—
E(20553)— eS gi ways.
31(20-3)!
4. Total people equals 3 + 12 = 15. Order is not important.
i) !
= proven 3 003 ways.
5) 51(15-5)!
5. Total number of coins is 6. Order is not important.
6!
C, = ———~ = 20 different sums of money.
> 31(6—3)! :
=). If the couple does not attend, there are 8 students left.
'
Sowc
g eS
*~a(g—4)! = 70 ways.
If the couple is selected, then only 2 can come from the other 8 students.
8!
S090. t= ae > WAYS: Total = 70 + 28 = 98 ways.
o7 -21(8-2)! * ;
7. A card deck consists of 13 hearts, 13 diamonds, 13 clubs, and 13 spades.
1
So be for the 3 hearts and G] for the 2 clubs. Therefore, C) x 4 = 22 308 card hands.
!
d) General formula C = cis
me r'(n—- r)!
!
So. .,C Sim EIet 495 ways.
pes 4i(12-4)!
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 7 — Solutions ¢ 471
_—— OY OL
30!
10. a) If no restrictions, then select 6 bulbs from 30. Therefore, ,,C, = 61(30-6)! = 593775 ways.
b) If there are 30 bulbs with 5 defective ones, then there are 25 non-defective bulbs.
25!
(25, §)= S556) = 177 100 ways.
c) If we must have 2 defective ones, then there are 4 non-defective bulbs selected.
! !
x 2 eye oe x oie 10
x 12 650 = 126500 ways.
2 4 21(5—2)! 41(25-4)!
11. a) A straight flush consists of 1, 2,3, 4,5, to 10,J, Q, K, 1 of the same suit, or 10 x 4 suits = 40 hands.
b) For 4 ofa kind, out of 4 cards, you want all 4, so ,C,, and this can be done for 13 numbers.
4)(13\(4
Therefore, ( I| = 624 possible four-of-a-kind hands in a 5-card hand.
4
c) For 3 of a kind 0 , with 13 different choices ( ?
{4 12 F
For a pair 5 with 12 different choices ' (one number is used up with the 3 of a kind).
3 of a kind a pair
d) A flush consists of 5 cards all of the same suit | and there are 4 suits. We have to subtract the
13
Therefore, 4 {é }-
40 =5 108 possible flushes in a 5-card hand.
e) There are 10 different straights from (1, 2, 3, 4, 5) up to (10, J, Q, K, 1); each of the 5 cards can be a club,
diamond, heart or spade.
5
Therefore, 10- (Ao, , but this includes card hands that have all 5 cards of the same suit (straight
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
seeGepiend Soins
2
11. f) For 3 ofa kind a , for two single cards Ui, there are 13 choices for 3 ofa kind, then 12, then 11,
3
for the 2 single cards, but order does not matter for the 2 single cards so divide by 2i'Therefore;
2
tee 4 : 13
5 zt = 54912, Method 2:
*)it yPeateaLt for3 ofa kind Blof 13 suits you want one )for
Bay Nk !
2) 2
12 AY) O13) (4a feh2
2 single cards i", of 12 suits left you want2 so |therefore LIf ) a ; = 54 912
4) 4 , there are 13 choices for the first pair, 12 choices for next pair
g) For 2 pairs, , for the 5" card
2
and 11 choices for the single card, but order for the two pairs does not matter so divide by 2!.
Zi Pe
“De 4
Therefore a A So = 123 552 , Method 2: for 2 pair ie, of 13 suits you want two
2D
4 11 4) (13)/4)/ 11
w , for asingle card i , of 11 suits left you want one itherefore ea *) a = 123 552
3 single cards, but order does not matter, so divide by 3!. Therefore,
3
4\(4)
a 13-12-11-10
4 oa 4
=1098 240, Method 2: fora pair b , of 13 suits you want one [?), for
3 3
4
3 single cards a , of 12 suits left you want 3 of them ee therefore iB| i ] = 1098 240
Dy Nek 1 3
different 5-card hands with a single pair.
13 j
i) Of 13 different cards, you want 5 of them [; , with 4 suits for each different card pick (i, but
1
5
we must subtract straights, flushes, and straight flushes, so we — 10 200—5 108-40 =1 302 540
Sl
or 52 choices for the first card pick then 48 for the next, then 44, then 40, then 36. But order does not
matter, so divide by 5!, and subtract straights, flushes, and straight flushes, so
52-48-44-40-36
e —10 200-5 108-40 =1 302 540 different 5-card hands with a high card.
SD)
j) 5-card hand : |:
2 598 960. Sum of different 5-card hands are 40+ 624+3 74445 108+
10 200+54 912 +123 552+ 1 098 240+1 302 540 =2 598 960
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 7 — Solutions ¢ 473
RT a
5
(+a)=(SJeora(Phety' [Serv 5
s(S)ev ms)
[Sota 52)
= x —12x"°y4+ 60x* y? —160x°y* + 240x*y* -192x’y? + 64y° is’ eee itl oe Uae esSan 0 pea
3) -(erton-
a)-sbt-a] ers)
Method 2 (binomial expansion)
SS. eS nee ee
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
474 ¢ Chapter
a
e r 7I
— Solutions Pre-Calculus
rsrrerrr le 12
4. Method 1 (Pascal’s Triangle)
1
; 4 1 1 1 2)
4 3 2 1 i
3x? -— | =1(3x7) +4(3x?) |-— | +6(3x? ak Le ae
[> al
ay 3) ()(-35) (3) 2y Say i 8
a(x 5AifSW+) + 1(3sNOIell|
3 4
8
6 4 2
eae
Dee ae ,2ie Lhe nese
a LO xe oy"
t, = 5C,(x°X-2y
a
)’ os
= 126(x*\-32y5)6 = —4032x4y4.5
“
=3003(3x) Je1
10 10
1
7. Remember, [ _ 4 has 8 terms, so the next-to-last term :
is the 7th term.
By,
Ve eae)1 x
a2 |a(pal
6
7
(-£] = C,°2*
10m 6
=3360 x
Meet CX"
n 3
1
If the 4) term of [+-4] is —15x’ then ral »(-3) =—]5x’
3
]
Equating exponents ofx, n—3 = 7 — n= 10, check: a=(3he [-2) =1203'(-2]=-15v
Maric
k+1
xy
If the 7%term of (2x—1)" is 112x? then ,C, -(2x)"°(-1) =112x? > ,C, -(2x)"° =112x?
n-6 n-
1. a) b)
if
28
56 ways 84
4 LOR? Oi '5
1 210 ways
Sa 15ye 5 BO «126 B
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
476 # Chapter 7 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
1. c) d)
24 60 120 B
4|\ 7A 6! 6! 2!
i 2:ane
Solution eae ees 210 ways
Fie Aa Solution
olution 2: TET MEET + TT = 200 ways
y
e) f)
19
43
1 82 ways
5 15 39, 5B
g) I
2e
103 ways
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without
written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12 Chapter 7 — Solutions ¢ 477
TTEE
! ; : '
Ne = VOUT =1000-999=999000 Answer is c.
" 998! 998!
. The sum of coefficients in (x + y)” is 2” =2° =32. Answer is b.
!
. By the counting principle, nis = 3360. Answer is a.
3! 2!
-AtoBtoCtoBto4=3-:3:2-2=36 Answer
is b.
- To end up with 5 loonies when starting with 3 loonies, you must win 3 times and lose 1 time,
!
therefore, = =4. Answer is d.
nats 7! 4!
15. By the counting principle, 4 x iro 210. Answer is a.
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
478 # Chapter 7 — Solutions Pre-Calculus 12
Answer is c.
4% 9a lia 29
6! 3! ;
20. By the counting principle: to B, “
[a to C, aa = 60. Answer Is c.
x [p
Answer is a.
! —1)\(n—-2)!
25, 14520" BE 4500 <> sera NGIS 0 — n(n—1)=14520, could use reasoning
z (n—2)! (n—2)!
or n” —n—-14520=0 > (n—-121)(n+120)=0, n=121. Answer is a.
DZ OMet ets uss. 2) AS 228 WS’, 3 single letters: ener =151200 Answer is b.
28. If Linda is one of the teachers selected, then ,C, =21 other choices. Answer is a.
29. The first term isn, the second term is n—1 , the third term is n—2, therefore,
the rth term is n—(r—-—1)=n-—r+1. Answer is d.
ti=
k+l
Anas yrot 3}
= ,C,(2a)*(-3b’)* Answer is a.
(See n! GH V—2)n—-3)! nin—-Im-2)!
31. = (n—1)(n-2)-n(n-1) =
(n-3)! (n-2)! (n-3)! (n—2)!
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
Pre-Calculus 12
Se
Chapter 7 — Solutions ¢ 479
33. B ;
B =. S Ago S Past Count the ends of the branches.
e . 10 different outcomes are possible.
B ee
: aa
5‘
:
Answer is d.
S ee. : Z at S
1
35. If the binomial is to the 9‘ power, the variables (x* )and (2)have powers (9-4) and k.
6 6
3 (| ASI .
By inspection, (x’) x +) gives aconstant. Therefore ¢, = ,C (x*) 2) =84. Answer is c.
a4
by n(n—1)(n—2)(n—-3)!
36. P=20n= =20n — n(n-1)\(n-—2)=20n — reject solution n=0
(n-3)! n—3!
39. The pair of aces can be selected ,C, ways; the pair can be selected ,C, x12 ways; and the single card
,C, X11 ways, therefore ,C, x ,C, x ,C, x12 x11=19008 ways. Answer is d.
41. All the pairs of shoes minus no black shoes = at least one black pair, therefore ,,C,— ,C, x ,,C, =920
ways or P(1 black)+ P(2 black)+ P(3 black) = ,C, x ,,C,+ ,C, x ,,C, + ,C, x ,,C, =920 ways.
Answer is b.
42. At most | black pair of shoes means 0 or | black pair ,C, x ,,C,+,C, x ,,C, =748 ways. Answer is d.
43. At most 1 club means 0 or | club, therefore ,,C, x ,,C, + ,,C, x yo C, = 1 645 020 ways. Answer is d.
44. The seven digits can be arranged in 7!=5040 ways. The digit | is before the digit 7 half the time so
45. By the fundamental counting principle 4!x3!x 2!= 288 , but 3 items can be arranged in 3!=6 ways
with half of these 6 ways having math books to the left of physics book, therefore 288 x 3= 864.
Answer is d.
46. t... = OR a -y*. Ifthe 10" term of es -1)’ is —55x* then We aC. 9 eae (-1)’ = 55x
equating exponents 2(n-9)=4 — n-9=2 — n=11. Answerisb.
DD a Ee OEOEOE—E——————— El
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
GEOINT
47. Andy’s first two choices are a combination ,,C, =45. Answer is b.
48. Jerry has 8 choices, then 6 choices, then 4 choices = 8X6X4=192. Jerry has no choice for his last two
games. Answer is c.
51. The three boys and their dates can sit 3! ways with each boy and girl sitting 2! ways, therefore,
3! x(2!) =48. Answer is d.
52. The boys and girls can each sit 3! ways, therefore, 3! x 3!=36, but we can sit boy then girl or girl then boy,
so 36 X 2=72. Answer is c.
53. A man must be in the first seat, therefore, 4!= 24 ways for men and 3! = 6 ways for women = 24 x 6=144.
Answer is c.
54. There are 20 first choice, 18 second choice and 16 third choice, but order does not make a difference,
20x18x16
therefore, divide by 3!, = 960. Answer is a.
3!
6 6 6 6 6 6 }
=)NnA + + + -- + =1+6+15+20+15+6=63 Answer isc.
6 5 4 3 D 1
56. Consider the three forwards a one player, then the four players can line up 4! ways. Also, the three forwards
can line up 3! ways. Therefore 4! x 3! = 144 ways. Answer is c.
57. The team must consist of 3 boys and 4 girls, or 4 boys and 3 girls.
Therefore 1
,,C, X ,C, + )C, X gC, =20160 ways. Answer is b.
n!}
P (n—r)! 55440
58. z ee therefore, =r!— r!=120 — ,
r=5 Answerisb
n!
r\(n—-r)!
59. In your total, you may use 0, 1, or 2 pennies, 0, 1, or 2 dimes and 0, 1, 2,3 quarters but you must have at
least one coin, therefore, 3 x 3 x 4—1=35. Answer is a.
n(n-1)! n!
r(n—nr-Din—r-)!ria—yt or Answer isa.
& .
SSeS
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
aaa ane
Index ¢ 481
A Horizontal Translation, 29 S
Amplitude, 237 Solving Radicals, 80
Angles, 209 I Special Angles, 226
Arc Length, 212 Identities, 259 Sum and Difference Identities, 287
Asymptotes, 129 Inverse Functions, 39 Synthetic Division, 86
B L T
Binomial Expansion, 335 Leading Coefficient, 70 Transformation, 27
Binomial Theorem, 334 Line Test, 7 Translation, 27
Logarithmic Application, 188 Tree Diagrams, 316
C Logarithmic Equations, 180 Trigonometric Equations, 275
Change of Base, 175 Logarithmic Functions, 163 Trigonometric Functions, 216
Combinations, 329 Logarithmic Graph, 165 Turning Points of Polynomials, 72
Combinatorics, 315 Logarithmic Properties, 171
Combined Transformations, 48 Long Division, 84 U
Composite Functions, 17 Unit Circle, 235
Compound Interest, 157, 189 M
Compression, 31 Multiplicity of Polynomials, 72 Vv
Constant Value, 71 Vertical Asymptotes, 130
Coterminal Angles, 210 N Vertical Compression, 31
Natural Logarithms, 175 Vertical Displacement, 239
D Vertical Expansion, 31
Decomposing Functions, 21 O Vertical Line Test, 7
Degree Measure, 209 Odd Index, 115 Vertical Translation, 27
Degree of Polynomial, 70 One-to-One Function, 6
Division of Polynomial, 84 Xx
Double Angle Identity, 296 P x-intercept, 132
Pascal’s Triangle, 334
E Pathway Problems, 338 Y
e, 188 Period, 237, 241 y-intercept, 132
End Behavior of Polynomials, 69 Periodic Application, 245
Equation of Polynomial, 79 Permutations, 323, 324 Z
Estimating Zeros, 80 Phase Shift, 238 Zeros of Polynomials, 71
Even Index, 115 Polynomial Applications, 100 Zeros of Rational Functions, 141
Expansion, 31 Polynomials, 67
Exponential Application, 188 Polynomial Shape, 68
Exponential Equation, 181 Power Reducing Identity, 299
Exponential Function, 155, 163 Power Rule, 172
Exponents, 155 Pythagorean Identities, 261
F Q
Factorial Notation, 317 Quadrantal Angles, 225
Factor Theorem, 94 Quotient Identities, 260
Finding 0, 228 Quotient Rule, 171
Functions, 5
R
G Radians, 211
Graph of Inverse Functions, 42 Radical Notation, 113
Graphing Radicals, 122 Radicals, 113
Graphing Rational Functions, 137 Rational Function, 129
Growth and Decay, 158, 190 Rational Root Theorem, 95
Reciprocal Identities, 259
H Reflection, 30
Horizontal Asymptote, 130 Reference Angles, 227
Horizontal Compression, 31 Relations, 5
Horizontal Expansion, 31 Remainder Theorem, 93
Horizontal Line Test, 7
Copyright © 2009 by Crescent Beach Publishing. No part of this publication may be reproduced without written permission from the publisher.
ee
ee ee ee TTT 6
ve 9 lee hose
Airlie)
dutertay at i
hat ay ch acineeael
san | Ne ae 7 1\te ie gu” AAs,
, cs inate dei? Loaf 7
Lccaiside whit Pt Th
Sar Ms Saal
arr :
by
- , ails) Siwy oh
es igy J ‘et sey
a wee mb vA
+ Oe ok iis ye ae
a - i } eee i , a!1S}
i" _. arate a
pi ;
La sey
a
:
ey
1.9 Aly ‘
iy
ree Soe eee
) i de ian leu ( S (nth Aace aie
Gh alaiomintog ‘3
he iris
» air
_
Ve a cs
i. a uy vA ae
& t
Sens p i
es , ’ 4 oe
Pi.
}
aiayay ; ‘
r7% ria: I ay I yj Basar 2=
iay
oe fh 5 ie) it vi} pullay®
hy*)
ay
J i
4 ‘7 ®
Ly er oan : ;
rt 7
NO. ; Sits a) j iWork iL, iJ a : 7 a “a
_ :
q .
Paiste (ere fa i. 4 a 7
ae | | "he doal
a io
“yeh sty y
-o. ae - git Ai aia wie
gi Meh ik
rg ae ie
Beet es myWest
es
a
¢
A Des ctl
ea A i . | ry
a agian, Mumeamuntnd sa te
I SBN 978-0-9864875-6-9
*LLL-Z
MI 6"487569 UO
INUR
A